]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blame - gas/doc/as.texi
Add multibyte character warning option to the assembler.
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texi
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
250d07de 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
43@ifset BPF
44@set BPF
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
250d07de 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
250d07de 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
31bf1864 233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-<N>}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
66f8b2cb 234 [@b{--gdwarf-cie-version}=@var{VERSION}]
b40bf0a2 235 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 238 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 239 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9 240 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
d60646b9
NC
241 [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
243 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
244 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 245 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 246 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 247 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
578c64a4 248 [@b{--multibyte-handling=[allow|warn|warn-sym-only]}]
a0b7da79
MM
249 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
250 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 251@c
6387924a 252@c man end
a4fb0134 253@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 254@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 255@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
256@ifset AARCH64
257
258@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
259 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 260 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 261@end ifset
625e1353
RH
262@ifset ALPHA
263
264@emph{Target Alpha options:}
265 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
266 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 267 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
268 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
269 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
270@end ifset
252b5132 271@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
274 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
275 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
276 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 277 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 278 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
279@end ifset
280@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
281
282@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 283@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
284 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
285 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
286 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
287 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 288 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 289 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
290 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
291 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
292 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 293 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 294@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
295@ifset Blackfin
296
297@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
298 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
299 [@b{-mfdpic}]
300 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
301 [@b{-mnopic}]
302@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
303@ifset BPF
304
305@emph{Target BPF options:}
306 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}]
307@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
308@ifset CRIS
309
310@emph{Target CRIS options:}
311 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
312 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
313 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 314 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
315@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
316@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
317@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
318@ifset CSKY
319
320@emph{Target C-SKY options:}
321 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
322 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-mbig-endian}]
323 [@b{-fpic}] [@b{-pic}]
324 [@b{-mljump}] [@b{-mno-ljump}]
325 [@b{-force2bsr}] [@b{-mforce2bsr}] [@b{-no-force2bsr}] [@b{-mno-force2bsr}]
326 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-mjsri2bsr}] [@b{-no-jsri2bsr }] [@b{-mno-jsri2bsr}]
327 [@b{-mnolrw }] [@b{-mno-lrw}]
328 [@b{-melrw}] [@b{-mno-elrw}]
329 [@b{-mlaf }] [@b{-mliterals-after-func}]
330 [@b{-mno-laf}] [@b{-mno-literals-after-func}]
331 [@b{-mlabr}] [@b{-mliterals-after-br}]
332 [@b{-mno-labr}] [@b{-mnoliterals-after-br}]
333 [@b{-mistack}] [@b{-mno-istack}]
334 [@b{-mhard-float}] [@b{-mmp}] [@b{-mcp}] [@b{-mcache}]
335 [@b{-msecurity}] [@b{-mtrust}]
336 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-medsp}] [@b{-mvdsp}]
337@end ifset
252b5132 338@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
339
340@emph{Target D10V options:}
341 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
342@end ifset
343@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
344
345@emph{Target D30V options:}
346 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 347@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
348@ifset EPIPHANY
349
350@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
351 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
352@end ifset
252b5132 353@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
354
355@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
356 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
357@end ifset
358@ifset HPPA
359@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
360@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
361@ifset I80386
362
363@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 364 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 365 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 366@end ifset
587fe2b3 367@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 368
9e32ca89
NC
369@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
370 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
371 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
372 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 373 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 374 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 375 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
376 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
377@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
378@ifset IP2K
379
380@emph{Target IP2K options:}
381 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
382@end ifset
4462d7c4 383@ifset LOONGARCH
384
385@emph{Target LOONGARCH options:}
386 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
387@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
388@ifset M32C
389
390@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 391 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 392@end ifset
587fe2b3 393@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 394
a4fb0134
SC
395@emph{Target M32R options:}
396 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 397 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 398@end ifset
252b5132 399@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
400
401@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
402 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 403@end ifset
60bcf0fa 404@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
405
406@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 407 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
408 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
409 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 410 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
411 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
412 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
413@end ifset
414@ifset MCORE
415
416@emph{Target MCORE options:}
417 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
418 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 419@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
420@ifset METAG
421
422@emph{Target Meta options:}
423 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
424@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
425@ifset MICROBLAZE
426@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
427@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
428@end ifset
252b5132 429@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
430
431@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 432 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 433 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 434 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 435 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
436 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
437 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 438 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 439 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
440 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
441 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 442 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 443 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 444 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 445 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 446 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 447 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 448 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 449 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 450 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 451 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 452 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 453 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 454 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 455 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 456 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 457 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 458 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 459 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
6f20c942 460 [@b{-mginv}] [@b{-mno-ginv}]
8095d2f7 461 [@b{-mloongson-mmi}] [@b{-mno-loongson-mmi}]
716c08de 462 [@b{-mloongson-cam}] [@b{-mno-loongson-cam}]
bdc6c06e 463 [@b{-mloongson-ext}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext}]
a693765e 464 [@b{-mloongson-ext2}] [@b{-mno-loongson-ext2}]
833794fc 465 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 466 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 467 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
468 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
469 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
27c634e0 470 [@b{-mfix-r5900}] [@b{-mno-fix-r5900}]
ecb4347a 471 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 472 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
473@end ifset
474@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
475
476@emph{Target MMIX options:}
477 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
478 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
479 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 480 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 481@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
482@ifset NIOSII
483
484@emph{Target Nios II options:}
485 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
486 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
487@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
488@ifset NDS32
489
490@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
491 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
492 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
493 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
494 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
495 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
496 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
497 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
498 [@b{-mb2bb}]
499@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
500@ifset OPENRISC
501@c OpenRISC has no machine-dependent assembler options.
502@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
503@ifset PDP11
504
505@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
506 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
507 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 508 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
509@end ifset
510@ifset PJ
511
512@emph{Target picoJava options:}
513 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
514@end ifset
515@ifset PPC
516
517@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
518 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
519 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
fa758a70
AC
520 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mgekko}|
521 @b{-mbroadway}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|
522 @b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|
523 @b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|@b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 524 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 525 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 526 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
527 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
528 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 529 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 530 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 531@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
532@ifset PRU
533
534@emph{Target PRU options:}
535 [@b{-link-relax}]
536 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
537 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
538@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
539@ifset RISCV
540
541@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
542 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
543 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
544 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
286d2f2c 545 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
b57e49f7 546@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
547@ifset RL78
548
549@emph{Target RL78 options:}
550 [@b{-mg10}]
551 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
552@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
553@ifset RX
554
555@emph{Target RX options:}
556 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 557 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
558 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
559 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
560 [@b{-mpid}]
561 [@b{-mrelax}]
562 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
563 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 564@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
565@ifset S390
566
567@emph{Target s390 options:}
568 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
569 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
570 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
571@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
572@ifset SCORE
573
574@emph{Target SCORE options:}
575 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
576 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
577 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
578 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
579@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
580@ifset SPARC
581
582@emph{Target SPARC options:}
583@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
584 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
585 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
586 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
587 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
588 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
589 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
590 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
591 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
592 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
593 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
594 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
595 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
596 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 597 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 598 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
599@end ifset
600@ifset TIC54X
601
602@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 603 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
604 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
605@end ifset
40b36596
JM
606@ifset TIC6X
607
608@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
609 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
610 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
611 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 612@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
613@ifset TILEGX
614
615@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 616 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
617@end ifset
618@ifset TILEPRO
619@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
620@end ifset
b6605ddd 621@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 622
b6605ddd
EB
623@emph{Target Visium options:}
624 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
625@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
626@ifset XTENSA
627
628@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
629 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
630 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
631 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
632 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
633 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 634 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
7a77f1ac 635 [@b{--abi-windowed}|@b{--abi-call0}]
2d8b84ae 636@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
637@ifset Z80
638
639@emph{Target Z80 options:}
fcaaac0a 640 [@b{-march=@var{CPU}@var{[-EXT]}@var{[+EXT]}}]
7a6bf3be
SB
641 [@b{-local-prefix=}@var{PREFIX}]
642 [@b{-colonless}]
643 [@b{-sdcc}]
644 [@b{-fp-s=}@var{FORMAT}]
645 [@b{-fp-d=}@var{FORMAT}]
3c9b82ba 646@end ifset
a4fb0134 647@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 648
a4fb0134 649@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 650@end ifset
e0001a05 651
0285c67d 652@c man end
252b5132
RH
653@end smallexample
654
0285c67d
NC
655@c man begin OPTIONS
656
a4fb0134 657@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 658@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 659
83f10cb2 660@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
661Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
662
a4fb0134 663@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
664@item -ac
665omit false conditionals
666
667@item -ad
668omit debugging directives
669
83f10cb2
NC
670@item -ag
671include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
672
252b5132
RH
673@item -ah
674include high-level source
675
676@item -al
677include assembly
678
679@item -am
680include macro expansions
681
682@item -an
683omit forms processing
684
685@item -as
686include symbols
687
688@item =file
689set the name of the listing file
690@end table
691
692You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
693listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
694the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
695
caa32fe5 696@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
697Begin in alternate macro mode.
698@ifclear man
699@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
700@end ifclear
caa32fe5 701
955974c6 702@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
703Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
704ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
705linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
706given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 707
151411f8
L
708@ifset ELF
709@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
710@item --compress-debug-sections=none
711@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
712@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
713@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
714These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
715@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
716@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
717@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 718@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 719@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
720@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
721sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
722@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
723@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
724
151411f8
L
725@end ifset
726
955974c6 727@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
728Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
729targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
730override this.
955974c6 731
252b5132
RH
732@item -D
733Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
734other assemblers.
735
3d6b762c
JM
736@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
737When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
738information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
739
252b5132
RH
740@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
741Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
742@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
743indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
744value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
745use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
746
747@item -f
748``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
749compiler output).
750
329e276d
NC
751@item -g
752@itemx --gen-debug
753Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
754debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
edc7a80a
MW
755ECOFF or DWARF2. When the debug format is DWARF then a @code{.debug_info} and
756@code{.debug_line} section is only emitted when the assembly file doesn't
757generate one itself.
329e276d 758
252b5132
RH
759@item --gstabs
760Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
761may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
762
05da4302
NC
763@item --gstabs+
764Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
765extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
766debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
767may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
768the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
769
329e276d 770@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 771Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 772may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 773option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 774
31bf1864
NC
775@item --gdwarf-3
776This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
777allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
778version 3 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
25b1f10d 779guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a
31bf1864
NC
780per target basis.
781
782@item --gdwarf-4
783This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
784allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
785version 4 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
25b1f10d 786guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a
31bf1864
NC
787per target basis.
788
789@item --gdwarf-5
790This option is the same as the @option{--gdwarf-2} option, except that it
791allows for the possibility of the generation of extra debug information as per
84d9ab33 792version 5 of the DWARF specification. Note - enabling this option does not
25b1f10d 793guarantee the generation of any extra information, the choice to do so is on a
31bf1864
NC
794per target basis.
795
b40bf0a2
NC
796@item --gdwarf-sections
797Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
798.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
799corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
800will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
801@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
802then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
803suffix.
804
66f8b2cb
AB
805@item --gdwarf-cie-version=@var{version}
806Control which version of DWARF Common Information Entries (CIEs) are produced.
807When this flag is not specificed the default is version 1, though some targets
808can modify this default. Other possible values for @var{version} are 3 or 4.
809
b8871f35 810@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
811@item --size-check=error
812@itemx --size-check=warning
813Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
814
b8871f35
L
815@item --elf-stt-common=no
816@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
817These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
818symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
819by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
820
821@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
822@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
823These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
824attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
825The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
826configure option.
827
b8871f35
L
828@end ifset
829
252b5132 830@item --help
a05a5b64 831Print a summary of the command-line options and exit.
252b5132 832
ea20a7da
CC
833@item --target-help
834Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
835
252b5132
RH
836@item -I @var{dir}
837Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
838
839@item -J
840Don't warn about signed overflow.
841
842@item -K
843@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
844This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
845@end ifclear
846@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
847Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
848@end ifset
849
850@item -L
851@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
852Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
853system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
854or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
855@ifclear man
856@xref{Symbol Names}.
857@end ifclear
252b5132 858
c3a27914
NC
859@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
860Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
861listing to @var{number}.
862
863@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
864Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
865lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
866
867@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
868Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
869@var{number} bytes.
870
871@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
872Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
873to @var{number} + 1.
874
578c64a4
NC
875@item --multibyte-handling=allow
876@itemx --multibyte-handling=warn
877@itemx --multibyte-handling=warn-sym-only
878Controls how the assembler handles multibyte characters in the input. The
879default (which can be restored by using the @option{allow} argument) is to
880allow such characters without complaint. Using the @option{warn} argument will
881make the assembler generate a warning message whenever any multibyte character
882is encountered. Using the @option{warn-sym-only} argument will only cause a
883warning to be generated when a symbol is defined with a name that contains
884multibyte characters. (References to undefined symbols will not generate a
885warning).
886
2edb36e7
NC
887@item --no-pad-sections
888Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
889of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
890which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
891
252b5132 892@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 893Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
894
895@item -R
896Fold the data section into the text section.
897
451133ce
NP
898@ifset ELF
899@item --sectname-subst
900Honor substitution sequences in section names.
901@ifclear man
902@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
903@end ifclear
904@end ifset
905
252b5132
RH
906@item --statistics
907Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
908assembly.
909
910@item --strip-local-absolute
911Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
912
913@item -v
914@itemx -version
a4fb0134 915Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
916
917@item --version
a4fb0134 918Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
919
920@item -W
2bdd6cf5 921@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
922Suppress warning messages.
923
2bdd6cf5
GK
924@item --fatal-warnings
925Treat warnings as errors.
926
927@item --warn
928Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
929
252b5132
RH
930@item -w
931Ignored.
932
933@item -x
934Ignored.
935
936@item -Z
937Generate an object file even after errors.
938
939@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
940Standard input, or source files to assemble.
941
942@end table
2a633939
JM
943@c man end
944
a06ea964
NC
945@ifset AARCH64
946
947@ifclear man
948@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
949for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
950@end ifclear
951
952@ifset man
953@c man begin OPTIONS
954The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
95564-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
956@c man end
957@c man begin INCLUDE
958@include c-aarch64.texi
959@c ended inside the included file
960@end ifset
961
962@end ifset
963
2a633939
JM
964@ifset ALPHA
965
966@ifclear man
967@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
968for an Alpha processor.
969@end ifclear
970
971@ifset man
972@c man begin OPTIONS
973The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
974processor.
975@c man end
976@c man begin INCLUDE
977@include c-alpha.texi
978@c ended inside the included file
979@end ifset
980
981@end ifset
252b5132 982
2a633939 983@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 984@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
985The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
986processor.
252b5132 987
a4fb0134 988@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 989@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
990This option selects the core processor variant.
991@item -EB | -EL
992Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506 993@item -mcode-density
0cc79db2 994Enable Code Density extension instructions.
252b5132
RH
995@end table
996@end ifset
997
998@ifset ARM
999The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
1000processor family.
1001
a4fb0134 1002@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 1003@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 1004Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 1005@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 1006Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 1007@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 1008Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
1009@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
1010Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
1011@item -mthumb
1012Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 1013@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
1014Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
1015@item -EB | -EL
1016Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
1017@item -mthumb-interwork
1018Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
1019ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
1020@item -mccs
1021Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
1022@item -k
1023Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
1024@end table
1025@end ifset
635fb38d 1026@c man end
252b5132 1027
9982501a 1028@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
1029
1030@ifclear man
1031@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1032configured for the Blackfin processor family.
1033@end ifclear
1034
1035@ifset man
1036@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
1037The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1038the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
1039@c man end
1040@c man begin INCLUDE
1041@include c-bfin.texi
1042@c ended inside the included file
1043@end ifset
9982501a 1044
9982501a
JZ
1045@end ifset
1046
f8861f5d
JM
1047@ifset BPF
1048
1049@ifclear man
1050@xref{BPF Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1051configured for the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1052@end ifclear
1053
1054@ifset man
1055@c man begin OPTIONS
1056The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1057the Linux kernel BPF processor family.
1058@c man end
1059@c man begin INCLUDE
1060@include c-bpf.texi
1061@c ended inside the included file
1062@end ifset
1063
1064@end ifset
1065
635fb38d 1066@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
1067@ifset CRIS
1068See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
1069@end ifset
1070
b8891f8d
AJ
1071@ifset CSKY
1072
1073@ifclear man
1074@xref{C-SKY Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1075configured for the C-SKY processor family.
1076@end ifclear
1077
1078@ifset man
1079@c man begin OPTIONS
1080The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1081the C-SKY processor family.
1082@c man end
1083@c man begin INCLUDE
1084@include c-csky.texi
1085@c ended inside the included file
1086@end ifset
1087
1088@end ifset
1089
252b5132
RH
1090@ifset D10V
1091The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1092a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 1093@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1094@cindex D10V optimization
1095@cindex optimization, D10V
1096@item -O
1097Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1098@end table
1099@end ifset
1100
1101@ifset D30V
1102The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
1103processor.
a4fb0134 1104@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1105@cindex D30V optimization
1106@cindex optimization, D30V
1107@item -O
1108Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
1109
1110@cindex D30V nops
1111@item -n
1112Warn when nops are generated.
1113
1114@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1115@item -N
1116Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1117@end table
1118@end ifset
731caf76
L
1119@c man end
1120
cfb8c092
NC
1121@ifset EPIPHANY
1122The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1123Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1124
56b13185
JR
1125@ifclear man
1126@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1127configured for an Epiphany processor.
1128@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1129
56b13185
JR
1130@ifset man
1131@c man begin OPTIONS
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1133an Epiphany processor.
1134@c man end
1135@c man begin INCLUDE
1136@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1137@c ended inside the included file
1138@end ifset
1139
1140@end ifset
1141
1142@ifset H8300
1143
1144@ifclear man
1145@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1146for an H8/300 processor.
1147@end ifclear
1148
1149@ifset man
1150@c man begin OPTIONS
1151The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1152processor.
1153@c man end
1154@c man begin INCLUDE
1155@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1156@c ended inside the included file
1157@end ifset
cfb8c092 1158
cfb8c092
NC
1159@end ifset
1160
731caf76 1161@ifset I80386
252b5132 1162
731caf76
L
1163@ifclear man
1164@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1165configured for an i386 processor.
1166@end ifclear
1167
1168@ifset man
1169@c man begin OPTIONS
1170The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1171an i386 processor.
1172@c man end
1173@c man begin INCLUDE
1174@include c-i386.texi
1175@c ended inside the included file
1176@end ifset
1177
1178@end ifset
1179
1180@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1181@ifset IP2K
1182The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1183Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1184
1185@table @gcctabopt
1186
1187@item -mip2022ext
1188Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1189
1190@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1191Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1192just the basic IP2022 ones.
1193
1194@end table
1195@end ifset
1196
49f58d10
JB
1197@ifset M32C
1198The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1199Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1200
1201@table @gcctabopt
1202
1203@item -m32c
1204Assemble M32C instructions.
1205
1206@item -m16c
1207Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1208
c54b5932
DD
1209@item -relax
1210Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1211
1212@item -h-tick-hex
1213Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1214
49f58d10
JB
1215@end table
1216@end ifset
1217
ec694b89
NC
1218@ifset M32R
1219The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1220Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1221
a4fb0134 1222@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1223
1224@item --m32rx
1225Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1226is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1227
1228@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1229Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1230encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1231
1232@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1233Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1234encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1235
1236@end table
1237@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1238
1239@ifset M680X0
1240The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1241Motorola 68000 series.
1242
a4fb0134 1243@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1244
1245@item -l
1246Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1247
0285c67d
NC
1248@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1249@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1250@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1251Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1252is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1253
1254@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1255The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1256The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1257the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1258two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1259coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1260
1261@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1262The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1263unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1264
1265@end table
1266@end ifset
1267
36591ba1
SL
1268@ifset NIOSII
1269
1270@ifclear man
1271@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1272for an Altera Nios II processor.
1273@end ifclear
1274
1275@ifset man
1276@c man begin OPTIONS
1277The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1278Altera Nios II processor.
1279@c man end
1280@c man begin INCLUDE
1281@include c-nios2.texi
1282@c ended inside the included file
1283@end ifset
1284@end ifset
1285
e135f41b
NC
1286@ifset PDP11
1287
1288For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1289see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1290
a4fb0134 1291@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1292@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1293Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1294default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1295
1296@item -mall
1297@itemx -mall-extensions
1298Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1299
1300@item -mno-extensions
1301Disable all instruction set extensions.
1302
1303@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1304Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1305
1306@item -m@var{cpu}
1307Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1308disable all other extensions.
1309
1310@item -m@var{machine}
1311Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1312model, and disable all other extensions.
1313@end table
1314
1315@end ifset
1316
041dd5a9
ILT
1317@ifset PJ
1318The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1319a picoJava processor.
1320
a4fb0134 1321@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1322
1323@cindex PJ endianness
1324@cindex endianness, PJ
1325@cindex big endian output, PJ
1326@item -mb
1327Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1328
1329@cindex little endian output, PJ
1330@item -ml
1331Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1332
1333@end table
1334@end ifset
1335
93f11b16
DD
1336@ifset PRU
1337
1338@ifclear man
1339@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1340for a PRU processor.
1341@end ifclear
1342
1343@ifset man
1344@c man begin OPTIONS
1345The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1346PRU processor.
1347@c man end
1348@c man begin INCLUDE
1349@include c-pru.texi
1350@c ended inside the included file
1351@end ifset
1352@end ifset
1353
60bcf0fa
NC
1354@ifset M68HC11
1355The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1356Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1357
a4fb0134 1358@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1359
6927f982 1360@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1361Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1362defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1363
6927f982
NC
1364@item --xgate-ramoffset
1365Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1366XGATE address space.
1367
2f904664
SC
1368@item -mshort
1369Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1370
1371@item -mlong
01642c12 1372Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1373
1374@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1375Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1376
1377@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1378Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1379
1370e33d 1380@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1381Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1382conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1383sub routine.
1384
1370e33d
NC
1385@item -S | --short-branches
1386Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1387when the offset is out of range.
1388
1389@item --strict-direct-mode
1390Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1391when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1392
1393@item --print-insn-syntax
1394Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1395
1396@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1397Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1398
1399@item --generate-example
6927f982 1400Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1401This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1402
1403@end table
1404@end ifset
1405
252b5132 1406@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1407The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1408for the SPARC architecture:
1409
a4fb0134 1410@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1411@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1412@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1413Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1414
1415@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1416@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1417
1418@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1419UltraSPARC extensions.
1420
1421@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1422For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1423equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1424
1425@item -bump
1426Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1427@end table
1428@end ifset
1429
39bec121
TW
1430@ifset TIC54X
1431The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1432architecture.
39bec121 1433
a4fb0134 1434@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1435@item -mfar-mode
1436Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1437extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1438@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1439Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1440@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1441Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1442behaviour in the shell.
1443@end table
1444@end ifset
1445
252b5132 1446@ifset MIPS
73201331 1447@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1448The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1449a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1450
a4fb0134 1451@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1452@item -G @var{num}
1453This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1454implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1455use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1456
1457@cindex MIPS endianness
1458@cindex endianness, MIPS
1459@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1460@item -EB
1461Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1462
1463@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1464@item -EL
1465Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1466
1467@cindex MIPS ISA
1468@item -mips1
1469@itemx -mips2
1470@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1471@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1472@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1473@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1474@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1475@itemx -mips32r3
1476@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1477@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1478@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1479@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1480@itemx -mips64r3
1481@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1482@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1483Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1484@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1485alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1486@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1487@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1488@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1489@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1490MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1491Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1492MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1493
98508b2a
RS
1494@item -march=@var{cpu}
1495Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1496
1497@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1498Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1499
1500@item -mfix7000
1501@itemx -mno-fix7000
1502Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1503of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1504
a8d14a88
CM
1505@item -mfix-rm7000
1506@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1507Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1508followed by a load instruction.
1509
27c634e0
FN
1510@item -mfix-r5900
1511@itemx -mno-fix-r5900
1512Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot
1513of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six
1514instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there
1515instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to
1516execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip.
1517
ecb4347a
DJ
1518@item -mdebug
1519@itemx -no-mdebug
1520Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1521section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1522
dcd410fe
RO
1523@item -mpdr
1524@itemx -mno-pdr
1525Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1526
437ee9d5
TS
1527@item -mgp32
1528@itemx -mfp32
1529The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1530flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1531all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1532and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1533
351cdf24
MF
1534@item -mgp64
1535@itemx -mfp64
1536The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1537flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1538all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1539and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1540
1541@item -mfpxx
1542The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1543this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1544which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
154532 or 64 bits wide.
1546
1547@item -modd-spreg
1548@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1549Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1550registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1551@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1552
437ee9d5
TS
1553@item -mips16
1554@itemx -no-mips16
1555Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1556@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1557turns off this option.
252b5132 1558
25499ac7
MR
1559@item -mmips16e2
1560@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1561Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1562to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1563@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1564
df58fc94
RS
1565@item -mmicromips
1566@itemx -mno-micromips
1567Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1568@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1569@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1570@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1571
e16bfa71
TS
1572@item -msmartmips
1573@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1574Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1575equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1576file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1577
1f25f5d3
CD
1578@item -mips3d
1579@itemx -no-mips3d
1580Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1581This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1582@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1583
deec1734
CD
1584@item -mdmx
1585@itemx -no-mdmx
1586Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1587This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1588@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1589
2ef2b9ae
CF
1590@item -mdsp
1591@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1592Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1593This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1594@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1595
8b082fb1
TS
1596@item -mdspr2
1597@itemx -mno-dspr2
1598Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1599This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1600This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1601@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1602
8f4f9071
MF
1603@item -mdspr3
1604@itemx -mno-dspr3
1605Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1606This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1607This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1608@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1609
56d438b1
CF
1610@item -mmsa
1611@itemx -mno-msa
1612Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1613This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1614@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1615
7d64c587
AB
1616@item -mxpa
1617@itemx -mno-xpa
1618Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1619This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1620@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1621
ef2e4d86
CF
1622@item -mmt
1623@itemx -mno-mt
1624Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1625This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1626@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1627
dec0624d
MR
1628@item -mmcu
1629@itemx -mno-mcu
1630Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1631This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1632@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1633
730c3174
SE
1634@item -mcrc
1635@itemx -mno-crc
1636Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1637Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1638@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1639
6f20c942
FS
1640@item -mginv
1641@itemx -mno-ginv
1642Generate code for the Global INValidate (GINV) Application Specific
1643Extension. This tells the assembler to accept GINV instructions.
1644@samp{-mno-ginv} turns off this option.
1645
8095d2f7
CX
1646@item -mloongson-mmi
1647@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi
1648Generate code for the Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI)
1649Application Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept MMI
1650instructions.
1651@samp{-mno-loongson-mmi} turns off this option.
1652
716c08de
CX
1653@item -mloongson-cam
1654@itemx -mno-loongson-cam
1655Generate code for the Loongson Content Address Memory (CAM) instructions.
1656This tells the assembler to accept Loongson CAM instructions.
1657@samp{-mno-loongson-cam} turns off this option.
1658
bdc6c06e
CX
1659@item -mloongson-ext
1660@itemx -mno-loongson-ext
1661Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions.
1662This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT instructions.
1663@samp{-mno-loongson-ext} turns off this option.
1664
a693765e
CX
1665@item -mloongson-ext2
1666@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2
1667Generate code for the Loongson EXTensions R2 (EXT2) instructions.
1668This option implies @samp{-mloongson-ext}.
1669This tells the assembler to accept Loongson EXT2 instructions.
1670@samp{-mno-loongson-ext2} turns off this option.
1671
833794fc
MR
1672@item -minsn32
1673@itemx -mno-insn32
1674Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1675microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1676instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1677the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1678option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1679start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1680selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1681
437ee9d5
TS
1682@item --construct-floats
1683@itemx --no-construct-floats
1684The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1685double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1686value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1687the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1688selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1689
3bf0dbfb
MR
1690@item --relax-branch
1691@itemx --no-relax-branch
1692The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1693branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1694out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1695
8b10b0b3
MR
1696@item -mignore-branch-isa
1697@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1698Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1699semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1700most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1701same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1702checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1703modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1704default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1705branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1706
ba92f887
MR
1707@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1708Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1709(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1710
252b5132
RH
1711@cindex emulation
1712@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1713This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1714on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1715removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1716It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1717
1718The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1719@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1720is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1721big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1722preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1723
1724@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1725@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1726the native tools.
1727
252b5132
RH
1728@item --trap
1729@itemx --no-trap
1730@itemx --break
1731@itemx --no-break
1732Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1733@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1734(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1735@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1736break exception.
63486801
L
1737
1738@item -n
a4fb0134 1739When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1740time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1741@end table
73201331 1742@c man end
252b5132
RH
1743@end ifset
1744
1745@ifset MCORE
1746The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1747an MCore processor.
1748
a4fb0134 1749@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1750@item -jsri2bsr
1751@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1752Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
a05a5b64 1753The command-line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
252b5132
RH
1754
1755@item -sifilter
1756@itemx -nosifilter
1757Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a05a5b64 1758The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command-line option.
252b5132
RH
1759
1760@item -relax
1761Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1762
ec694b89
NC
1763@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1764Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1765can be assembled.
1766
1767@item -EB
1768Assemble for a big endian target.
1769
1770@item -EL
1771Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1772
1773@end table
1774@end ifset
a3c62988 1775@c man end
252b5132 1776
4462d7c4 1777@ifset LOONGARCH
1778
1779@ifclear man
1780@xref{LoongArch-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1781for a LoongArch processor.
1782@end ifclear
1783
1784@ifset man
1785@c man begin OPTIONS
1786The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1787LoongArch processor.
1788@c man end
1789@c man begin INCLUDE
1790@include c-loongarch.texi
1791@c ended inside the included file
1792@end ifset
1793
1794@end ifset
1795
a3c62988
NC
1796@ifset METAG
1797
1798@ifclear man
1799@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1800for a Meta processor.
1801@end ifclear
1802
1803@ifset man
1804@c man begin OPTIONS
1805The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1806Meta processor.
1807@c man end
1808@c man begin INCLUDE
1809@include c-metag.texi
1810@c ended inside the included file
1811@end ifset
1812
1813@end ifset
1814
1815@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1816@ifset MMIX
1817See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1818@end ifset
1819
35c08157
KLC
1820@ifset NDS32
1821
1822@ifclear man
1823@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1824for a NDS32 processor.
1825@end ifclear
1826@c ended inside the included file
1827@end ifset
1828
1829@ifset man
1830@c man begin OPTIONS
1831The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1832NDS32 processor.
1833@c man end
1834@c man begin INCLUDE
1835@include c-nds32.texi
1836@c ended inside the included file
1837@end ifset
1838
635fb38d 1839@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1840@ifset PPC
1841
1842@ifclear man
1843@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1844for a PowerPC processor.
1845@end ifclear
1846
1847@ifset man
1848@c man begin OPTIONS
1849The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1850PowerPC processor.
1851@c man end
1852@c man begin INCLUDE
1853@include c-ppc.texi
1854@c ended inside the included file
1855@end ifset
1856
1857@end ifset
1858
e23eba97
NC
1859@ifset RISCV
1860
1861@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1862@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1863for a RISC-V processor.
1864@end ifclear
1865
1866@ifset man
1867@c man begin OPTIONS
1868The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1869RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1870@c man end
1871@c man begin INCLUDE
1872@include c-riscv.texi
1873@c ended inside the included file
1874@end ifset
1875
1876@end ifset
1877
635fb38d 1878@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1879@ifset RX
1880See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1881@end ifset
1882
11c19e16
MS
1883@ifset S390
1884The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1885processor family.
1886
1887@table @gcctabopt
1888@item -m31
1889@itemx -m64
1890Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1891@item -mesa
1892@item -mzarch
1893Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1894Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1895@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1896Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1897@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1898@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1899@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
46e292ab
AK
1900@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}), or @samp{z15}
1901(or @samp{arch13}).
11c19e16
MS
1902@item -mregnames
1903@itemx -mno-regnames
1904Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1905@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1906Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1907but evaluates to zero.
1908@end table
1909@end ifset
2a633939 1910@c man end
11c19e16 1911
40b36596 1912@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1913
1914@ifclear man
1915@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1916for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1917@end ifclear
1918
1919@ifset man
1920@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1921The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1922TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1923@c man end
1924@c man begin INCLUDE
1925@include c-tic6x.texi
1926@c ended inside the included file
1927@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1928
1929@end ifset
1930
aa137e4d
NC
1931@ifset TILEGX
1932
1933@ifclear man
1934@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1935for a TILE-Gx processor.
1936@end ifclear
1937
1938@ifset man
1939@c man begin OPTIONS
1940The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1941processor.
1942@c man end
1943@c man begin INCLUDE
1944@include c-tilegx.texi
1945@c ended inside the included file
1946@end ifset
1947
1948@end ifset
1949
b6605ddd
EB
1950@ifset VISIUM
1951
1952@ifclear man
1953@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1954for a Visium processor.
1955@end ifclear
1956
1957@ifset man
1958@c man begin OPTIONS
1959The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1960processor.
1961@c man end
1962@c man begin INCLUDE
1963@include c-visium.texi
1964@c ended inside the included file
1965@end ifset
1966
1967@end ifset
1968
e0001a05 1969@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1970
2d8b84ae
SA
1971@ifclear man
1972@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1973for an Xtensa processor.
1974@end ifclear
1975
1976@ifset man
1977@c man begin OPTIONS
1978The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1979Xtensa processor.
1980@c man end
1981@c man begin INCLUDE
1982@include c-xtensa.texi
1983@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1984@end ifset
1985
2d8b84ae
SA
1986@end ifset
1987
3c9b82ba 1988@ifset Z80
6655dba2 1989
7a6bf3be
SB
1990@ifclear man
1991@xref{Z80 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1992for an Z80 processor.
1993@end ifclear
6655dba2 1994
7a6bf3be
SB
1995@ifset man
1996@c man begin OPTIONS
1997The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1998Z80 processor.
1999@c man end
2000@c man begin INCLUDE
2001@include c-z80.texi
2002@c ended inside the included file
3c9b82ba
NC
2003@end ifset
2004
7a6bf3be 2005@end ifset
0285c67d 2006
252b5132
RH
2007@menu
2008* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
2009* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
2010* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
2011* Command Line:: Command Line
2012* Input Files:: Input Files
2013* Object:: Output (Object) File
2014* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
2015@end menu
2016
2017@node Manual
2018@section Structure of this Manual
2019
2020@cindex manual, structure and purpose
2021This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 2022@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 2023notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 2024@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2025
2026@ifclear GENERIC
2027We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 2028configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
2029@end ifclear
2030@ifset GENERIC
2031This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
2032various flavors of the assembler.
2033@end ifset
2034
2035@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
2036On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
2037to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
2038In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
2039architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
2040mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
2041particular architecture.
2042@ifset GENERIC
2043You may want to consult the manufacturer's
2044machine architecture manual for this information.
2045@end ifset
2046@ifclear GENERIC
2047@ifset H8/300
2048For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
2049Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
2050Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 2051@end ifset
252b5132 2052@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
2053For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
2054see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
2055@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
2056@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
2057@end ifset
2058@ifset Z8000
2059For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
2060@end ifset
2061@end ifclear
2062
2063@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
2064@ignore
2065Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
2066the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
2067Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
2068computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
2069once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
2070qualification.
2071
a4fb0134 2072@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
2073human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
2074computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 2075@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
2076@end ignore
2077
2078@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
2079@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
2080@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
2081@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
2082@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
2083@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
2084@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
2085@c directives).
2086
2087@node GNU Assembler
2088@section The GNU Assembler
2089
0285c67d
NC
2090@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2091
a4fb0134 2092@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 2093@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 2094This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
2095configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
2096@end ifclear
2097If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
2098should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
2099architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
2100including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
2101@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
2102
2103@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 2104@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 2105@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 2106@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2107assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
2108machine would assemble.
2109@ifset VAX
2110Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
2111@end ifset
2112@ifset M680X0
2113@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
2114@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 2115This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
2116assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
2117incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
2118@end ifset
2119
0285c67d
NC
2120@c man end
2121
a4fb0134 2122Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
2123program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
2124@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
2125
2126@node Object Formats
2127@section Object File Formats
2128
2129@cindex object file format
2130The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
2131object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
2132write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
2133are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
2134Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
2135@ifclear GENERIC
2136@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 2137For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
2138@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
2139@end ifclear
2140@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 2141@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 2142On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
2143SOM or ELF format object files.
2144@end ifset
2145@end ifclear
2146
2147@node Command Line
2148@section Command Line
2149
2150@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 2151
a4fb0134 2152After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
2153options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
2154before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
2155significant.
2156
2157@cindex standard input, as input file
2158@kindex --
2159@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2160explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2161
2162@cindex options, command line
a05a5b64 2163Except for @samp{--} any command-line argument that begins with a
252b5132 2164hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2165@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2166option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2167the letter is important. All options are optional.
2168
2169Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2170name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2171with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2172standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2173
2174@smallexample
2175@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2176@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2177@end smallexample
2178
2179@node Input Files
2180@section Input Files
2181
2182@cindex input
2183@cindex source program
2184@cindex files, input
2185We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2186describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2187be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2188doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2189
2190@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2191@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2192The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2193order specified.
2194
0285c67d 2195@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2196Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2197program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2198(The standard input is also a file.)
2199
a4fb0134 2200You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132 2201names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
a05a5b64 2202command-line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
252b5132
RH
2203is taken to be an input file name.
2204
a4fb0134
SC
2205If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2206from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2207may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2208to assemble.
2209
2210Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2211in your command line.
2212
a4fb0134 2213If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2214file.
2215
0285c67d
NC
2216@c man end
2217
252b5132
RH
2218@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2219
2220@cindex input file linenumbers
2221@cindex line numbers, in input files
2222There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2223either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2224number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2225``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2226
2227@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2228to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2229
2230@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2231directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2232error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2233is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2234@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2235@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2236
2237@node Object
2238@section Output (Object) File
2239
2240@cindex object file
2241@cindex output file
2242@kindex a.out
2243@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2244Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2245your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2246is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2247You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2248object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2249reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2250directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2251possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2252
2253@cindex linker
2254@kindex ld
2255The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2256assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2257the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2258information for the debugger.
2259
2260@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2261@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2262
2263@node Errors
2264@section Error and Warning Messages
2265
0285c67d
NC
2266@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2267
a349d9dd 2268@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2269@cindex warning messages
2270@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2271@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2272file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2273runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2274that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2275grave problem that stops the assembly.
2276
0285c67d
NC
2277@c man end
2278
252b5132
RH
2279@cindex format of warning messages
2280Warning messages have the format
2281
2282@smallexample
2283file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2284@end smallexample
2285
2286@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2287@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2288(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2289(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2290@ifset GENERIC
2291(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2292@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2293have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2294in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2295intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2296
2297Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2298directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2299
2300@smallexample
2301 .file 2 "bar.c"
2302 error_assembler_source
2303 .file "foo.c"
2304 .line 30
2305 error_c_source
2306@end smallexample
2307
2308produces this output:
2309
2310@smallexample
2311 Assembler messages:
2312 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2313 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2314@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2315
2316@cindex format of error messages
2317Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2318
252b5132
RH
2319@smallexample
2320file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2321@end smallexample
72e0b254 2322
252b5132
RH
2323The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2324messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2325because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2326
2327@node Invoking
2328@chapter Command-Line Options
2329
2330@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2331This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2332versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2333for options specific
252b5132 2334@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2335to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2336@end ifclear
2337@ifset GENERIC
2338to particular machine architectures.
2339@end ifset
2340
0285c67d
NC
2341@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2342
c1253627 2343If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2344you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2345The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2346by commas. For example:
2347
2348@smallexample
2349gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2350@end smallexample
2351
2352@noindent
2353This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2354standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2355local symbols in the symbol table).
2356
2357Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2358command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2359(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2360precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2361assembler.)
2362
0285c67d
NC
2363@c man end
2364
252b5132 2365@menu
83f10cb2 2366* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2367* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2368* D:: -D for compatibility
2369* f:: -f to work faster
2370* I:: -I for .include search path
2371@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2372* K:: -K for compatibility
2373@end ifclear
2374@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2375* K:: -K for difference tables
2376@end ifset
2377
ba83aca1 2378* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2379* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2380* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2381* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2382* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2383* o:: -o to name the object file
2384* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2385* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2386* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2387* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2388* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2389* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2390@end menu
2391
2392@node a
83f10cb2 2393@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2394
2395@kindex -a
2396@kindex -ac
2397@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2398@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2399@kindex -ah
2400@kindex -al
2401@kindex -an
2402@kindex -as
2403@cindex listings, enabling
2404@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2405
2406These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2407@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2408You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2409@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2410@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2411@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2412High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2413@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2414also.
2415
83f10cb2
NC
2416Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2417information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2418
252b5132
RH
2419Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2420which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2421other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2422omitted from the listing.
2423
2424Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2425listing.
2426
2427Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2428listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2429@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2430@code{.sbttl}.
2431The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2432If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2433listing-control directives have no effect.
2434
2435The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2436@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2437
96e9638b
BW
2438Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2439because it
a05a5b64 2440is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2441is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2442directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2443stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2444memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2445
caa32fe5
NC
2446@node alternate
2447@section @option{--alternate}
2448
2449@kindex --alternate
2450Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2451
252b5132 2452@node D
a4fb0134 2453@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2454
2455@kindex -D
2456This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2457likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2458@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2459
2460@node f
a4fb0134 2461@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2462
2463@kindex -f
2464@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2465@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2466@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2467(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2468and comment preprocessing on
2469the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2470,Preprocessing}.
2471
2472@quotation
2473@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2474preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2475not work correctly.
2476@end quotation
2477
2478@node I
c1253627 2479@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2480
2481@kindex -I @var{path}
2482@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2483@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2484@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2485Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2486@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2487directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2488many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2489working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2490searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2491specified (left to right) on the command line.
2492
2493@node K
a4fb0134 2494@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2495
2496@kindex -K
2497@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2498On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2499permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2500where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2501generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2502family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2503alteration on other platforms.
2504@end ifclear
2505
2506@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2507@cindex difference tables, warning
2508@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2509@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2510form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2511You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2512is done.
2513@end ifset
2514
2515@node L
ba83aca1 2516@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2517
2518@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2519@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2520Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2521@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2522called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2523such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2524programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2525notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2526such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2527
2528This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2529in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2530@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2531
c3a27914 2532@node listing
a4fb0134 2533@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914 2534
a05a5b64 2535The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command-line switch
c3a27914
NC
2536@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2537hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2538them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2539directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2540@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2541@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2542@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2543
a4fb0134 2544@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2545@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2546@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2547@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2548Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2549dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2550
2551@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2552@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2553@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2554Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2555a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2556the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2557switch is used the default is to one.
2558
2559@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2560@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2561@cindex Width of source line output
2562Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2563alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2564source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2565
2566@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2567@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2568@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2569Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2570displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2571@end table
2572
252b5132 2573@node M
a4fb0134 2574@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2575
2576@kindex -M
2577@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2578The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2579changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2580compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2581The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2582MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2583information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2584arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2585assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2586
2587The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2588depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2589file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2590individually. These are:
2591
2592@itemize @bullet
2593@item global symbols in common section
2594
2595The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2596Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2597common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2598symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2599symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2600
2601@item complex relocations
2602
2603The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2604relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2605are not support by other object file formats.
2606
2607@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2608
2609The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2610This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2611instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2612script.
2613
2614@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2615
2616The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2617name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2618
2619@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2620
2621The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2622address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2623which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2624not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2625assigned within a linker script.
2626@end itemize
2627
2628There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2629@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2630seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2631
2632@itemize @bullet
2633
2634@item EBCDIC strings
2635
2636EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2637
2638@item packed binary coded decimal
2639
2640Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2641and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2642
2643@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2644
2645The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2646
2647@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2648
2649The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2650
2651@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2652
2653The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2654@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2655relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2656these options serve no purpose.
2657
2658@item @code{OPT} list control options
2659
2660The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2661@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2662@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2663
2664@item other @code{OPT} options
2665
2666The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2667@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2668
2669@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2670
2671The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2672@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2673
2674@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2675
2676The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2677
252b5132
RH
2678@end itemize
2679
2680@node MD
c1253627 2681@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2682
2683@kindex --MD
2684@cindex dependency tracking
2685@cindex make rules
2686
a4fb0134 2687@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2688file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2689dependencies of the main source file.
2690
2691The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2692
2693This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2694
2edb36e7
NC
2695@node no-pad-sections
2696@section Output Section Padding
2697@kindex --no-pad-sections
2698@cindex output section padding
2699Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2700alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2701memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2702disable this behaviour.
2703
252b5132 2704@node o
a4fb0134 2705@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2706
2707@kindex -o
2708@cindex naming object file
2709@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2710There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2711default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2712You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2713object file a different name.
2714
a4fb0134 2715Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2716existing file of the same name.
2717
2718@node R
a4fb0134 2719@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2720
2721@kindex -R
2722@cindex data and text sections, joining
2723@cindex text and data sections, joining
2724@cindex joining text and data sections
2725@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2726@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2727data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2728the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2729section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2730your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2731appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2732
a4fb0134 2733When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2734address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2735data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2736older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2737
c1253627
NC
2738@ifset COFF-ELF
2739When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2740this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2741@samp{.data}.
2742@end ifset
2743
2744@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2745@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2746@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2747@end ifset
2748
2749@node statistics
a4fb0134 2750@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2751
2752@kindex --statistics
2753@cindex statistics, about assembly
2754@cindex time, total for assembly
2755@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2756Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2757@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2758(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2759seconds).
2760
2761@node traditional-format
c1253627 2762@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2763
2764@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2765For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2766from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2767@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2768
2769For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2770@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2771
2772@node v
a4fb0134 2773@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2774
2775@kindex -v
2776@kindex -version
2777@cindex assembler version
2778@cindex version of assembler
2779You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2780option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2781command line.
2782
2783@node W
a4fb0134 2784@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2785
a4fb0134 2786@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2787assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2788cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2789made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2790
c1253627
NC
2791@kindex -W
2792@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2793@cindex suppressing warnings
2794@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2795If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2796This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2797how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2798are still reported.
2799
c1253627 2800@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2801@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2802@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2803If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2804files that generate warnings to be in error.
2805
c1253627 2806@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2807@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2808You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2809causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2810
2811@node Z
a4fb0134 2812@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2813@cindex object file, after errors
2814@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2815After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2816some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2817@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2818option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2819writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2820errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2821
2822@node Syntax
2823@chapter Syntax
2824
2825@cindex machine-independent syntax
2826@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2827This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2828source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2829assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2830@ifclear VAX
2831assembler.
2832@end ifclear
2833@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2834assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2835@end ifset
2836
2837@menu
7c31ae13 2838* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2839* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2840* Comments:: Comments
2841* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2842* Statements:: Statements
2843* Constants:: Constants
2844@end menu
2845
2846@node Preprocessing
2847@section Preprocessing
2848
2849@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2850The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2851@itemize @bullet
2852@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2853@item
2854adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2855the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2856a single space.
2857
2858@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2859@item
2860removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2861appropriate number of newlines.
2862
2863@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2864@item
2865converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2866@end itemize
2867
2868It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2869anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2870do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2871(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2872to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
6ef719c0
NC
2873@samp{.S} suffix. @url{https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Overall-Options.html#Overall-Options,
2874See the 'Options Controlling the Kind of Output' section of the GCC manual for
2875more details}
252b5132
RH
2876
2877Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2878cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2879preprocessed.
2880
2881@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2882@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2883@kindex #NO_APP
2884@kindex #APP
2885If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2886@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2887Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2888specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2889text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2890@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2891@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2892and whitespace.
2893
2894@node Whitespace
2895@section Whitespace
2896
2897@cindex whitespace
2898@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2899Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2900people to read. Unless within character constants
2901(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2902as exactly one space.
2903
2904@node Comments
2905@section Comments
2906
2907@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2908There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2909cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2910
2911Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2912This means you may not nest these comments.
2913
2914@smallexample
2915/*
2916 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2917 is to use this sort of comment.
2918*/
2919
2920/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2921@end smallexample
2922
2923@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2924Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2925considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2926specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2927line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2928line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2929comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
a05a5b64 2930upon command-line options that have been used. For more details see the
7c31ae13
NC
2931@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2932
2933If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2934special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2935to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2936
2937@kindex #
2938@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2939@cindex logical line numbers
2940To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2941special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2942expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2943line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2944new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2945
2946If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2947the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2948
2949@smallexample
2950 # This is an ordinary comment.
2951# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2952 # This is logical line # 36.
2953@end smallexample
2954This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2955of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2956
2957@node Symbol Intro
2958@section Symbols
2959
2960@cindex characters used in symbols
2961@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2962A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2963letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2964@samp{_.$}.
2965@end ifclear
2966@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2967@ifclear GENERIC
2968@ifset H8
2969A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2970letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2971@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2972symbol names.)
2973@end ifset
2974@end ifclear
2975@end ifset
2976@ifset GENERIC
2977On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2978are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2979@end ifset
2980No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2981There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
578c64a4
NC
2982are supported, but note that the setting of the
2983@option{--multibyte-handling} option might prevent their use. Symbols
2984are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2985(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is not a
2986possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2987
2988Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2989cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
608d61c2 2990quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceded by a
d02603dc 2991backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2992@cindex length of symbols
2993
2994@node Statements
2995@section Statements
2996
2997@cindex statements, structure of
2998@cindex line separator character
2999@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
3000
3001A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
3002@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
3003specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
3004target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
3005The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
3006preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 3007exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
3008
3009@cindex newline, required at file end
3010@cindex EOF, newline must precede
3011It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
3012character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
3013
3014An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
3015
3016@cindex instructions and directives
3017@cindex directives and instructions
3018@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
3019@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
3020@c 13feb91.
3021A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
3022key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
3023symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
3024symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
3025directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
3026a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
3027assembles into a machine language instruction.
3028@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3029Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
3030recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
3031represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
3032language.@refill
3033@end ifset
3034
3035@cindex @code{:} (label)
3036@cindex label (@code{:})
3037A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
3038Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
3039have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
3040
3041@ifset HPPA
01642c12 3042For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
3043the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
3044only one label may be defined on each line.
3045@end ifset
3046
3047@smallexample
3048label: .directive followed by something
3049another_label: # This is an empty statement.
3050 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
3051@end smallexample
3052
3053@node Constants
3054@section Constants
3055
3056@cindex constants
3057A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
3058inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
3059@smallexample
3060@group
3061.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
3062.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
3063.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
3064.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
306595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
3066@end group
3067@end smallexample
3068
3069@menu
3070* Characters:: Character Constants
3071* Numbers:: Number Constants
3072@end menu
3073
3074@node Characters
3075@subsection Character Constants
3076
3077@cindex character constants
3078@cindex constants, character
3079There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
3080for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
3081numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
3082@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
3083used in arithmetic expressions.
3084
3085@menu
3086* Strings:: Strings
3087* Chars:: Characters
3088@end menu
3089
3090@node Strings
3091@subsubsection Strings
3092
3093@cindex string constants
3094@cindex constants, string
3095A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
3096double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
3097into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
3098a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
3099one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
3100@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
3101(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
3102escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
3103
3104@cindex escape codes, character
3105@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
3106@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
3107@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
3108@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
3109@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
3110@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
3111@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
3112@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
3113@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
3114@table @kbd
3115@c @item \a
3116@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
3117@c
361fa3a4 3118@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
3119@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
3120@item \b
3121Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
3122
3123@c @item \e
3124@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
3125@c
361fa3a4 3126@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 3127@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 3128@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
3129Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
3130
361fa3a4 3131@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
3132@cindex newline (@code{\n})
3133@item \n
3134Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
3135
3136@c @item \p
3137@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
3138@c
361fa3a4
NC
3139@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
3140@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
3141@item \r
3142Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
3143
3144@c @item \s
3145@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
3146@c other assemblers.
3147@c
361fa3a4 3148@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
3149@cindex tab (@code{\t})
3150@item \t
3151Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
3152
3153@c @item \v
3154@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
3155@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3156@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
3157@c
361fa3a4 3158@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3159@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3160@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3161An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3162For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3163for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3164
361fa3a4 3165@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3166@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3167@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3168A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3169lower case @code{x} works.
3170
361fa3a4 3171@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3172@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3173@item \\
3174Represents one @samp{\} character.
3175
3176@c @item \'
3177@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3178@c This is needed in single character literals
3179@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3180@c a @samp{'}.
3181@c
361fa3a4 3182@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3183@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3184@item \"
3185Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3186this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3187
3188@item \ @var{anything-else}
3189Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3190assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3191you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3192interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3193other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3194code and warns you of the fact.
3195@end table
3196
3197Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3198varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3199the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3200compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3201sequence.
3202
3203@node Chars
3204@subsubsection Characters
3205
3206@cindex single character constant
3207@cindex character, single
3208@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3209A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3210that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3211@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3212as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3213character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3214the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3215accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3216@ifclear GENERIC
3217@ifclear abnormal-separator
3218(or semicolon @samp{;})
3219@end ifclear
3220@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3221@ifset H8
3222(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3223Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3224@end ifset
3225@end ifset
3226@end ifclear
3227immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3228and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3229constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3230that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3231@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3232
3233@node Numbers
3234@subsection Number Constants
3235
3236@cindex constants, number
3237@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3238@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3239are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3240would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3241integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3242are floating point numbers, described below.
3243
3244@menu
3245* Integers:: Integers
3246* Bignums:: Bignums
3247* Flonums:: Flonums
3248@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3249@end ifclear
3250@end menu
3251
3252@node Integers
3253@subsubsection Integers
3254@cindex integers
3255@cindex constants, integer
3256
3257@cindex binary integers
3258@cindex integers, binary
3259A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3260the binary digits @samp{01}.
3261
3262@cindex octal integers
3263@cindex integers, octal
3264An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3265digits (@samp{01234567}).
3266
3267@cindex decimal integers
3268@cindex integers, decimal
3269A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3270more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3271
3272@cindex hexadecimal integers
3273@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3274A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3275more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3276
3277Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3278the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3279(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3280
3281@node Bignums
3282@subsubsection Bignums
3283
3284@cindex bignums
3285@cindex constants, bignum
3286A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3287except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3288represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3289integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3290
3291@node Flonums
3292@subsubsection Flonums
3293@cindex flonums
3294@cindex floating point numbers
3295@cindex constants, floating point
3296
3297@cindex precision, floating point
3298A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3299indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3300@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3301sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3302to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3303portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3304
3305A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3306@itemize @bullet
3307@item
3308The digit @samp{0}.
3309@ifset HPPA
3310(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3311@end ifset
3312
3313@item
a4fb0134 3314A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3315@ifset GENERIC
3316@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3317@ignore
3318@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3319(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
33204.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3321@end ignore
3322
a8eb42a8 3323On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3324one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3325
3326On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3327(in upper or lower case).
3328
252b5132
RH
3329On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3330@end ifset
3331@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3332@ifset ARC
3333One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3334@end ifset
3335@ifset H8
3336One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3337@end ifset
3338@ifset HPPA
3339The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3340@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3341@end ifclear
3342
3343@item
3344An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3345
3346@item
3347An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3348
3349@item
3350An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3351or more decimal digits.
3352
3353@item
3354An optional exponent, consisting of:
3355
3356@itemize @bullet
3357@item
3358An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3359@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3360@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3361@item
3362Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3363@item
3364One or more decimal digits.
3365@end itemize
3366
3367@end itemize
3368
3369At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3370present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3371
a4fb0134 3372@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3373independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3374@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3375
252b5132
RH
3376@node Sections
3377@chapter Sections and Relocation
3378@cindex sections
3379@cindex relocation
3380
3381@menu
3382* Secs Background:: Background
3383* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3384* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3385* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3386* bss:: bss Section
3387@end menu
3388
3389@node Secs Background
3390@section Background
3391
3392Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3393``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3394For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3395
3396@cindex linker, and assembler
3397@cindex assembler, and linker
3398The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3399combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3400emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3401@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3402different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3403oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3404sections.
3405
3406@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3407addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3408units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3409within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3410run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3411the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3412the proper run-time addresses.
3413@ifset H8
7be1c489 3414For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3415@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3416ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3417@end ifset
3418
3419@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3420An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3421of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3422@dfn{bss} sections.
3423
c1253627 3424@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3425@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3426When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3427@end ifset
a4fb0134 3428@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3429using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3430If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3431or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3432@end ifset
3433
3434@ifset HPPA
3435@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3436When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3437@end ifset
a4fb0134 3438@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3439specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3440@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3441(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3442assembler directives.
3443
3444@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3445Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3446text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3447is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3448BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3449@end ifset
3450@end ifset
3451
3452Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3453data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3454
3455@ifset HPPA
3456When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3457section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3458@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3459@end ifset
3460
3461To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3462relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3463object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3464@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3465file is mentioned:
3466@itemize @bullet
3467@item
3468Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3469an address?
3470@item
3471How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3472@item
3473Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3474@display
3475(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3476@end display
3477@item
3478Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3479@end itemize
3480
3481@cindex addresses, format of
3482@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3483In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3484@display
3485(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3486@end display
3487@noindent
a4fb0134 3488Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3489nature.
3490@ifset SOM
3491(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3492symbol-relative instead.)
3493@end ifset
3494
3495In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3496@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3497
3498Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3499@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3500addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3501@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3502@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3503data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3504their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3505part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3506address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3507
3508The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3509address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3510rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3511Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3512address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3513common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3514time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3515
3516By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3517the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3518sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3519customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3520the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3521data and bss sections.
3522
3523Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3524use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3525
3526@node Ld Sections
3527@section Linker Sections
3528@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3529
3530@table @strong
3531
c1253627 3532@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3533@cindex named sections
3534@cindex sections, named
3535@item named sections
3536@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3537@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3538@cindex text section
3539@cindex data section
3540@itemx text section
3541@itemx data section
3542@end ifset
a4fb0134 3543These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3544separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3545true of another.
a8eb42a8 3546@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3547When the program is running, however, it is
3548customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3549text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3550instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3551program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3552in the data section.
c1253627 3553@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3554
3555@cindex bss section
3556@item bss section
3557This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3558is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3559each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3560out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3561bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3562those explicit zeros from object files.
3563
3564@cindex absolute section
3565@item absolute section
3566Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3567This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3568not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3569addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3570
3571@cindex undefined section
3572@item undefined section
3573This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3574the preceding sections.
3575@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3576@end table
3577
3578@cindex relocation example
3579An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3580@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3581The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3582@end ifset
3583Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3584
3585@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3586@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3587@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3588@smallexample
3589 +-----+----+--+
3590partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3591 +-----+----+--+
3592
3593 text data bss
3594 seg. seg. seg.
3595
3596 +---+---+---+
3597partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3598 +---+---+---+
3599
3600 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3601linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3602 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3603
3604 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3605@end smallexample
3606@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3607@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3608@need 5000
3609@tex
c1253627 3610\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3611\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3612\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3613\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3614
3615\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3616\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3617\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3618
3619\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3620\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3621\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3622ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3623DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3624
3625\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3626\line{0\dots\hfil}
3627
3628@end tex
3629@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3630
3631@node As Sections
3632@section Assembler Internal Sections
3633
3634@cindex internal assembler sections
3635@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3636These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3637have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3638sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3639warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3640meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3641value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3642section-relative address.
3643
3644@table @b
3645@cindex assembler internal logic error
3646@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3647An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3648bug in the assembler.
3649
3650@cindex expr (internal section)
3651@item expr section
3652The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3653symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3654it in the expr section.
3655@c FIXME item debug
3656@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3657@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3658@c FIXME item register
3659@end table
3660
3661@node Sub-Sections
3662@section Sub-Sections
3663
3664@cindex numbered subsections
3665@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3666@ifset aout
252b5132 3667Assembled bytes
c1253627 3668@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3669conventionally
3670@end ifset
3671fall into two sections: text and data.
3672@end ifset
3673You may have separate groups of
3674@ifset GENERIC
3675data in named sections
3676@end ifset
3677@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3678@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3679data in named sections
3680@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3681@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3682text or data
3683@end ifset
3684@end ifclear
3685that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3686are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3687use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3688numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3689same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3690subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3691section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3692assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3693section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3694constants being output.
3695
3696Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3697goes in subsection number zero.
3698
3699@ifset GENERIC
3700Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3701(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3702of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3703@end ifset
3704@ifclear GENERIC
3705@ifset H8
7be1c489 3706On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3707boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3708The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3709@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3710@end ifclear
3711
3712Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3713to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3714The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3715other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3716They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3717data subsections as a data section.
3718
3719To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3720into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3721@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3722@ifset COFF
252b5132 3723@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3724When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3725@end ifset
3726@ifclear GENERIC
3727You
3728@end ifclear
3729can also use an extra subsection
3730argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3731@var{expression}}.
3732@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3733@ifset ELF
3734@ifset GENERIC
3735When generating ELF output, you
3736@end ifset
3737@ifclear GENERIC
3738You
3739@end ifclear
3740can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3741to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3742@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3743@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3744(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3745is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3746begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3747@smallexample
3748.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3749.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3750.text 1
3751.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3752.data 0
3753.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3754.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3755.text 0
3756.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3757.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3758@end smallexample
3759
3760Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3761assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3762restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3763counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3764@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3765current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3766assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3767
3768@node bss
3769@section bss Section
3770
3771@cindex bss section
3772@cindex common variable storage
3773The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3774You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3775not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3776your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3777section are zeroed bytes.
3778
3779The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3780@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3781
3782The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3783another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3784
3785@ifset GENERIC
3786When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3787COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3788see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3789section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3790@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3791@end ifset
3792
3793@node Symbols
3794@chapter Symbols
3795
3796@cindex symbols
3797Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3798things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3799to debug.
3800
3801@quotation
3802@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3803@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3804the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3805@end quotation
3806
3807@menu
3808* Labels:: Labels
3809* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3810* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3811* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3812* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3813@end menu
3814
3815@node Labels
3816@section Labels
3817
3818@cindex labels
3819A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3820@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3821active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3822operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3823different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3824definitions.
3825
3826@ifset HPPA
3827On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3828colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3829a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3830provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3831@end ifset
3832
3833@node Setting Symbols
3834@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3835
3836@cindex assigning values to symbols
3837@cindex symbol values, assigning
3838A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3839by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3840(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3841directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3842equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3843@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3844
f8739b83
JZ
3845@ifset Blackfin
3846Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3847@end ifset
3848
252b5132
RH
3849@node Symbol Names
3850@section Symbol Names
3851
3852@cindex symbol names
3853@cindex names, symbol
3854@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3855Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3856machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3857noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3858string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3859particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3860@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3861@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3862@ifset H8
3863Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3864Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3865character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3866on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3867@end ifset
3868@end ifset
3869
3870Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3871than @code{Foo}.
3872
ed1fcdd1
NC
3873Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3874Local Labels. See below.
3875
578c64a4
NC
3876Multibyte characters are supported, but note that the setting of the
3877@option{multibyte-handling} option might prevent their use.
3878To generate a symbol name containing
7bfd842d
NC
3879multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3880@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3881currently supported.
3882
578c64a4
NC
3883Since multibyte symbol names are unusual, and could possibly be used
3884maliciously, @command{@value{AS}} provides a command line option
3885(@option{--multibyte-handling=warn-sym-only}) which can be used to generate a
3886warning message whenever a symbol name containing multibyte characters is defined.
3887
252b5132
RH
3888Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3889refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3890in a program.
3891
3892@subheading Local Symbol Names
3893
3894@cindex local symbol names
3895@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3896A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3897By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3898@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3899set of local label prefixes.
3900@ifset HPPA
3901On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3902@end ifset
3903
3904Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3905normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3906You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3907to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3908
3909@subheading Local Labels
3910
3911@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3912@cindex temporary symbol names
3913@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3914Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3915programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3916be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3917referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3918the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3919To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3920@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3921to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3922stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3923
3924There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3925too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3926the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3927defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3928definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3929noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3930implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3931
3932Here is an example:
3933
3934@smallexample
39351: branch 1f
39362: branch 1b
39371: branch 2f
39382: branch 1b
3939@end smallexample
3940
3941Which is the equivalent of:
3942
3943@smallexample
3944label_1: branch label_3
3945label_2: branch label_1
3946label_3: branch label_4
3947label_4: branch label_3
3948@end smallexample
3949
ba83aca1 3950Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3951transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3952The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3953are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3954these parts:
252b5132
RH
3955
3956@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3957@item @emph{local label prefix}
3958All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3959Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3960that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3961used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3962@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3963object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3964you may use them in debugging.
3965
2d5aaba0
NC
3966@item @var{number}
3967This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3968label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3969
2d5aaba0
NC
3970@item @kbd{C-B}
3971This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3972of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3973
3974@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3975This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3976@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3977number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3978the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3979@end table
3980
ba83aca1
BW
3981So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3982the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3983
3984@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3985@cindex dollar local symbols
3986
ed1fcdd1
NC
3987On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3988local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3989become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3990valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3991by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3992by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3993
3994Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3995except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3996@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3997
3998They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3999names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
4000to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 4001@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
4002
4003@node Dot
4004@section The Special Dot Symbol
4005
4006@cindex dot (symbol)
4007@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
4008@cindex current address
4009@cindex location counter
4010The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 4011@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
4012.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
4013Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 4014directive.
252b5132 4015@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 4016Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
4017@samp{.space 4}.
4018@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4019
4020@node Symbol Attributes
4021@section Symbol Attributes
4022
4023@cindex symbol attributes
4024@cindex attributes, symbol
4025Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
4026``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
4027attributes.
4028@ifset INTERNALS
4029The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
4030@end ifset
4031
a4fb0134 4032If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
4033all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
4034symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
4035would want.
4036
4037@menu
4038* Symbol Value:: Value
4039* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 4040@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4041* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4042@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4043@ifset COFF
4044* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
4045@end ifset
4046@ifset SOM
4047* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
4048@end ifset
4049@end menu
4050
4051@node Symbol Value
4052@subsection Value
4053
4054@cindex value of a symbol
4055@cindex symbol value
4056The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
4057location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
4058number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
4059Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
4060as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
4061symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
4062called absolute.
4063
4064The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
40650 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
4066@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
4067same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
4068name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
4069common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
4070bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
4071allocated storage.
4072
4073@node Symbol Type
4074@subsection Type
4075
4076@cindex type of a symbol
4077@cindex symbol type
4078The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
4079information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
4080(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
4081format depends on the object-code output format in use.
4082
a8eb42a8 4083@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4084@node a.out Symbols
4085@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
4086
4087@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
4088@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
4089
252b5132
RH
4090@menu
4091* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
4092* Symbol Other:: Other
4093@end menu
4094
4095@node Symbol Desc
4096@subsubsection Descriptor
4097
4098@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
4099This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
4100descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
4101(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 4102@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4103
4104@node Symbol Other
4105@subsubsection Other
4106
4107@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 4108This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
4109@end ifset
4110
4111@ifset COFF
4112@node COFF Symbols
4113@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
4114
4115@cindex COFF symbol attributes
4116@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
4117
4118The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
4119like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
4120@code{.endef} directives.
4121
4122@subsubsection Primary Attributes
4123
4124@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
4125The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
4126respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
4127
4128@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
4129
4130@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 4131The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4132@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4133table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4134@end ifset
4135
4136@ifset SOM
4137@node SOM Symbols
4138@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4139
4140@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4141@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4142
4143The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4144the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4145
01642c12 4146The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4147Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4148@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4149@end ifset
4150
4151@node Expressions
4152@chapter Expressions
4153
4154@cindex expressions
4155@cindex addresses
4156@cindex numeric values
4157An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4158Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4159
4160The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4161a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4162enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4163section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4164the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4165@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4166
4167@menu
4168* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4169* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4170@end menu
4171
4172@node Empty Exprs
4173@section Empty Expressions
4174
4175@cindex empty expressions
4176@cindex expressions, empty
4177An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4178Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4179expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4180is compatible with other assemblers.
4181
4182@node Integer Exprs
4183@section Integer Expressions
4184
4185@cindex integer expressions
4186@cindex expressions, integer
4187An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4188by @emph{operators}.
4189
4190@menu
4191* Arguments:: Arguments
4192* Operators:: Operators
4193* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4194* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4195@end menu
4196
4197@node Arguments
4198@subsection Arguments
4199
4200@cindex expression arguments
4201@cindex arguments in expressions
4202@cindex operands in expressions
4203@cindex arithmetic operands
4204@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4205contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4206this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4207the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4208expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4209instruction operands.
4210
4211Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4212@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4213or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4214integer.
4215
4216Numbers are usually integers.
4217
4218A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4219that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4220these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4221instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4222assemblers.
4223
4224@cindex subexpressions
4225Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4226expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4227operator followed by an argument.
4228
4229@node Operators
4230@subsection Operators
4231
4232@cindex operators, in expressions
4233@cindex arithmetic functions
4234@cindex functions, in expressions
4235@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4236operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4237between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4238whitespace.
4239
4240@node Prefix Ops
4241@subsection Prefix Operator
4242
4243@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4244@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4245one argument, which must be absolute.
4246
4247@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4248@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4249@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4250@tex
4251\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4252@end tex
4253
4254@table @code
4255@item -
4256@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4257@item ~
4258@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4259@end table
4260
4261@tex
4262\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4263@end tex
4264
4265@node Infix Ops
4266@subsection Infix Operators
4267
4268@cindex infix operators
4269@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4270@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4271have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4272to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4273absolute, and the result is absolute.
4274
4275@enumerate
4276@cindex operator precedence
4277@cindex precedence of operators
4278
4279@item
4280Highest Precedence
4281
4282@table @code
4283@item *
4284@dfn{Multiplication}.
4285
4286@item /
4287@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4288
4289@item %
4290@dfn{Remainder}.
4291
d1eac9d9 4292@item <<
252b5132
RH
4293@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4294
d1eac9d9 4295@item >>
252b5132
RH
4296@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4297@end table
4298
4299@item
4300Intermediate precedence
4301
4302@table @code
4303@item |
4304
4305@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4306
4307@item &
4308@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4309
4310@item ^
4311@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4312
4313@item !
4314@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4315@end table
4316
4317@item
b131d4dc 4318Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4319
4320@table @code
4321@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4322@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4323@cindex arguments for addition
4324@item +
4325@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4326the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4327sections.
4328
4329@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4330@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4331@cindex arguments for subtraction
4332@item -
4333@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4334result has the section of the left argument.
4335If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4336You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4337@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4338
4339@cindex comparison expressions
4340@cindex expressions, comparison
4341@item ==
4342@dfn{Is Equal To}
4343@item <>
723a8472 4344@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4345@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4346@item <
4347@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4348@item >
b131d4dc 4349@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4350@item >=
b131d4dc 4351@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4352@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4353@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4354
4355The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4356value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4357perform signed comparisons.
4358@end table
4359
4360@item Lowest Precedence
4361
4362@table @code
4363@item &&
4364@dfn{Logical And}.
4365
4366@item ||
4367@dfn{Logical Or}.
4368
4369These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4370expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4371value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4372or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4373
252b5132
RH
4374@end table
4375@end enumerate
4376
4377In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4378address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4379
4380@node Pseudo Ops
4381@chapter Assembler Directives
4382
4383@cindex directives, machine independent
4384@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4385@cindex machine independent directives
4386All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4387The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4388in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4389
4390This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4391target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4392@ifset GENERIC
4393Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4394@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4395@end ifset
4396@ifclear GENERIC
4397@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4398@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4399@end ifset
4400@end ifclear
4401
4402@menu
4403* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4404@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4405* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4406@end ifset
f0dc282c 4407
915808f6 4408* Align:: @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
caa32fe5 4409* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4410* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4411* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
642f545a 4412* Attach_to_group:: @code{.attach_to_group @var{name}}
915808f6 4413* Balign:: @code{.balign [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]}
476654be 4414* Bss:: @code{.bss @var{subsection}}
d3b47e2b 4415* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4416* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4417* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4418* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4419* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4420* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4421* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4422* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4423@ifset COFF
4424* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4425@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4426@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4427* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4428@end ifset
4429@ifset COFF
4430* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4431@end ifset
f0dc282c 4432
252b5132
RH
4433* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4434* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4435* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4436* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4437* End:: @code{.end}
4438@ifset COFF
4439* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4440@end ifset
f0dc282c 4441
252b5132
RH
4442* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4443* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4444* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4445* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4446* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4447* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4448* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4449* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4450* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4451* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4452* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4453* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4454* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4455* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4456* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4457@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4458* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4459* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4460@end ifset
f0dc282c 4461
252b5132
RH
4462* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4463* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4464* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4465* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4466* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4467* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4468@ifset ELF
4469* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4470@end ifset
f0dc282c 4471
252b5132
RH
4472* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4473* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4474* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4475* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4476@ifclear no-line-dir
4477* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4478@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4479
252b5132
RH
4480* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4481* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4482* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4483* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4484* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4485@ifset ELF
4486* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4487@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4488
252b5132
RH
4489* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4490@ignore
4491* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4492@end ignore
f0dc282c 4493
252b5132
RH
4494* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4495* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4496* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4497* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
b1766e7c 4498* Nop:: @code{.nop}
8f065d3b 4499* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4500* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4501* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291 4502* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
915808f6 4503* P2align:: @code{.p2align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
c91d2e08
NC
4504@ifset ELF
4505* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4506* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4507@end ifset
f0dc282c 4508
252b5132 4509* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4510@ifset ELF
4511* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4512@end ifset
f0dc282c 4513
252b5132
RH
4514* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4515* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4516@ifset ELF
4517* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4518@end ifset
f0dc282c 4519
252b5132 4520* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4521* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4522* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4523* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4524@ifset COFF
4525* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4526@end ifset
4527@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4528* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4529@end ifset
f0dc282c 4530
252b5132
RH
4531* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4532* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4533* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4534@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4535* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4536@end ifset
884f0d36 4537@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4538* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4539@end ifclear
4540
252b5132 4541* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4542@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4543* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4544@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4545@ifset have-stabs
4546* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4547@end ifset
f0dc282c 4548
38a57ae7 4549* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4550* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4551@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4552* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
6914be53 4553* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}[,@var{visibility}]}
252b5132 4554@end ifset
f0dc282c 4555
252b5132
RH
4556@ifset COFF
4557* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4558@end ifset
f0dc282c 4559
252b5132
RH
4560* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4561* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
4c8584be
L
4562@ifset ELF
4563* Tls_common:: @code{.tls_common @var{symbol}, @var{length}[, @var{alignment}]}
4564@end ifset
c1253627 4565@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4566* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4567@end ifset
4568
c91d2e08 4569* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4570@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4571* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4572@end ifset
f0dc282c 4573
2e13b764 4574@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4575* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4576* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4577* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4578@end ifset
f0dc282c 4579
d190d046 4580* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4581* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4582* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4583* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4584@ifclear no-space-dir
4585* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4586@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4587* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4588* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4589* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
252b5132
RH
4590* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4591@end menu
4592
4593@node Abort
4594@section @code{.abort}
4595
4596@cindex @code{abort} directive
4597@cindex stopping the assembly
4598This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4599compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4600assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4601of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4602quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4603
4604@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4605@node ABORT (COFF)
4606@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4607
4608@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4609When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4610synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4611
252b5132
RH
4612@end ifset
4613
4614@node Align
915808f6 4615@section @code{.align [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4616
4617@cindex padding the location counter
4618@cindex @code{align} directive
4619Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4620boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
915808f6
NC
4621required, as described below. If this expression is omitted then a default
4622value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4623
4624The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4625padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4626padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4627marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4628with no-op instructions.
4629
4630The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4631it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4632directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4633specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4634fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4635required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4636with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4637
4638The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4639For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
5b660084 4640s390, sparc, tic4x and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4641alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4642the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4643is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4644first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4645
9e9a9798 4646For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4647strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4648number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4649advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 4650counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
252b5132
RH
4651multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4652
4653This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4654native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4655GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4656described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4657architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4658
ccf8a69b
BW
4659@node Altmacro
4660@section @code{.altmacro}
4661Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4662
4663@ftable @code
4664@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4665One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4666generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4667replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4668replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4669separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4670define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4671
4672@item String delimiters
4673You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4674@code{"@var{string}"}:
4675
4676@table @code
4677@item '@var{string}'
4678You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4679
4680@item <@var{string}>
4681You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4682@end table
4683
4684@item single-character string escape
4685To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4686character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4687character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4688write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4689
4690@item Expression results as strings
4691You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4692and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4693@end ftable
4694
252b5132
RH
4695@node Ascii
4696@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4697
4698@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4699@cindex string literals
4700@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4701separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4702trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4703
4704@node Asciz
4705@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4706
4707@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4708@cindex zero-terminated strings
4709@cindex null-terminated strings
4710@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
3d955acb
NC
4711a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''. Note that
4712multiple string arguments not separated by commas will be concatenated
4713together and only one final zero byte will be stored.
252b5132 4714
642f545a
NC
4715@node Attach_to_group
4716@section @code{.attach_to_group @var{name}}
4717Attaches the current section to the named group. This is like declaring
4718the section with the @code{G} attribute, but can be done after the section
4719has been created. Note if the group section does not exist at the point that
4720this directive is used then it will be created.
4721
252b5132 4722@node Balign
915808f6 4723@section @code{.balign[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
4724
4725@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4726@cindex @code{balign} directive
4727Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4728storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4729alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4730the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
915808f6
NC
4731is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted
4732then a default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
4733
4734The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4735padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4736padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4737marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4738with no-op instructions.
4739
4740The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4741it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4742directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4743specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4744fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4745required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4746with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4747
4748@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4749@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4750The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4751@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4752pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4753fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
47544,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4755filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4756the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4757undefined.
4758
476654be
NC
4759@node Bss
4760@section @code{.bss @var{subsection}}
4761@cindex @code{bss} directive
4762
4763@code{.bss} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements
4764onto the end of the bss section.
4765@ifset ELF
4766For ELF based targets an optional @var{subsection} expression (which must
4767evaluate to a positive integer) can be provided. In this case the statements
4768are appended to the end of the indicated bss subsection.
4769@end ifset
4770
fa94de6b 4771@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4772@section Bundle directives
4773@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4774@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4775@cindex bundle
4776@cindex instruction bundle
4777@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4778@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4779bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4780into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4781disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4782gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4783@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4784
4785For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4786certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4787instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4788@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4789chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4790effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4791instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4792that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4793end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4794starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4795instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4796
d3b47e2b 4797@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4798@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4799@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4800The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4801allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4802are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4803aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4804@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4805directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4806
4807@cindex bundle-locked
4808For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4809appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4810instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4811and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4812instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4813sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4814@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4815entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4816boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4817first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4818aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4819bundle size.
4820
d416e51d
RM
4821For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4822inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4823nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4824@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4825matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4826same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4827
252b5132
RH
4828@node Byte
4829@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4830
4831@cindex @code{byte} directive
4832@cindex integers, one byte
4833@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4834Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4835
54cfded0 4836@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4837@section CFI directives
4838@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4839@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4840@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4841should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4842If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4843if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4844To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4845directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4846
2f0c68f2
CM
4847On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4848by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4849
bd5608dc
NC
4850Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4851which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4852
4853The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4854arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4855generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4856redefine it will result in an error.
4857
d3b47e2b 4858@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4859@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4860@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4861should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4862data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4863@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4864
01642c12 4865Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4866it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4867
d3b47e2b 4868@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4869@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4870@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4871unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4872@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4873
d3b47e2b 4874@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4875@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4876@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4877@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4878should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4879argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4880a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4881the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4882can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4883The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4884no personality routine.
4885
2f0c68f2
CM
4886@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4887@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4888@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4889defined in a compact unwinding format.
4890Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4891with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4892
4893@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4894@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4895@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4896used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4897@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4898in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4899Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4900with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4901
d3b47e2b 4902@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4903@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4904@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4905should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4906argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4907or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4908meaning that no LSDA is present.
4909
4910@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4911@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4912switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4913Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4914Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4915with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4916
4917The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4918so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4919referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4920in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4921by a section directive.
4922
4923The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4924The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4925@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4926
d3b47e2b 4927@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4928@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4929address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4930
d3b47e2b 4931@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4932@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4933now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4934remains the same.
4935
d3b47e2b 4936@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4937@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4938remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4939absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4940CFA address.
4941
d3b47e2b 4942@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4943Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4944value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4945
d3b47e2b 4946@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4947Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4948CFA.
54cfded0 4949
084303b8
AK
4950@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4951Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4952
d3b47e2b 4953@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4954Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4955the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4956using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4957This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4958code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4959
d3b47e2b 4960@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4961Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4962
d3b47e2b 4963@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4964@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4965same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4966instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4967
d3b47e2b 4968@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4969From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4970
d3b47e2b 4971@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4972Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4973i.e. no restoration needed.
4974
48eac74c
MG
4975@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4976@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4977implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4978places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4979multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4980flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4981the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4982
4983@smallexample
4984 je label
4985 popq %rbx
4986 .cfi_restore %rbx
4987 popq %r12
4988 .cfi_restore %r12
4989 popq %rbp
4990 .cfi_restore %rbp
4991 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4992 ret
4993label:
4994 /* Do something else */
4995@end smallexample
4996
4997Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4998to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4999@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
5000locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
5001@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
5002we can write:
5003
5004@smallexample
5005 je label
5006 popq %rbx
5007 .cfi_remember_state
5008 .cfi_restore %rbx
5009 popq %r12
5010 .cfi_restore %r12
5011 popq %rbp
5012 .cfi_restore %rbp
5013 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
5014 ret
5015label:
5016 .cfi_restore_state
5017 /* Do something else */
5018@end smallexample
5019
5020That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
5021as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
5022@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 5023
d3b47e2b 5024@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 5025Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
5026directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
5027
d3b47e2b 5028@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
5029Mark current function as signal trampoline.
5030
d3b47e2b 5031@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
5032SPARC register window has been saved.
5033
d3b47e2b 5034@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
5035Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
5036might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
5037opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 5038
d3b47e2b 5039@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
5040The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
5041will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
5042description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
5043
5044The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
5045limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
5046mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
5047by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
5048or another register.
5049
ccf8a69b
BW
5050@node Comm
5051@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 5052
ccf8a69b
BW
5053@cindex @code{comm} directive
5054@cindex symbol, common
5055@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
5056common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
5057of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
5058definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
5059allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
5060absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
5061the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
5062using the largest size.
07a53e5c 5063
c1711530
DK
5064@ifset COFF-ELF
5065When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 5066an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
5067specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
5068that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
5069as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 5070boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 5071power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 5072common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 5073alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 5074largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
5075maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
5076is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
5077@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
5078multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
5079It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
5080(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 5081@end ifset
cd1fcb49 5082
ccf8a69b
BW
5083@ifset HPPA
5084The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5085@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5086@end ifset
07a53e5c 5087
252b5132
RH
5088@node Data
5089@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 5090@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 5091
a4fb0134 5092@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
5093end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
5094absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
5095to zero.
5096
340d33e5
NC
5097@node Dc
5098@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
5099@cindex @code{dc} directive
5100
46c685ac 5101The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
5102commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
5103current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
5104@code{.dc} directive:
5105
5106@table @code
5107@item @samp{.a}
5108Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
5109@item @samp{.b}
5110Emits 8-bit values.
5111@item @samp{.d}
5112Emits double precision floating-point values.
5113@item @samp{.l}
5114Emits 32-bit values.
5115@item @samp{.s}
5116Emits single precision floating-point values.
5117@item @samp{.w}
5118Emits 16-bit values.
5119Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
512032-bit values.
5121@item @samp{.x}
5122Emits long double precision floating-point values.
5123@end table
5124
5125If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5126
d7c79856
MR
5127The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5128point values.
340d33e5
NC
5129
5130@node Dcb
5131@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5132@cindex @code{dcb} directive
5133This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5134bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5135comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5136@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5137
5138@table @code
5139@item @samp{.b}
5140Emits single byte values.
5141@item @samp{.d}
5142Emits double-precision floating point values.
5143@item @samp{.l}
5144Emits 4-byte values.
5145@item @samp{.s}
5146Emits single-precision floating point values.
5147@item @samp{.w}
5148Emits 2-byte values.
5149@item @samp{.x}
5150Emits long double-precision floating point values.
5151@end table
5152
5153If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5154
5155The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
5156point values.
5157
5158@node Ds
5159@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
5160@cindex @code{ds} directive
5161This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
5162bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
5163comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
5164@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
5165
5166@table @code
5167@item @samp{.b}
5168Emits single byte values.
5169@item @samp{.d}
5170Emits 8-byte values.
5171@item @samp{.l}
5172Emits 4-byte values.
5173@item @samp{.p}
e74e2b4c 5174Emits values with size matching packed-decimal floating-point ones.
340d33e5
NC
5175@item @samp{.s}
5176Emits 4-byte values.
5177@item @samp{.w}
5178Emits 2-byte values.
5179@item @samp{.x}
e74e2b4c 5180Emits values with size matching long double precision floating-point ones.
340d33e5
NC
5181@end table
5182
5183Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 5184suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
5185
5186If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
5187
d7c79856 5188The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
5189
5190
252b5132
RH
5191@ifset COFF
5192@node Def
5193@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5194
5195@cindex @code{def} directive
5196@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5197@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5198Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5199definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5200@end ifset
5201
a8eb42a8 5202@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5203@node Desc
5204@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5205
5206@cindex @code{desc} directive
5207@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5208@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5209This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5210to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5211
5212@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5213The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5214configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5215object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5216it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5217@end ifset
5218@end ifset
5219
5220@ifset COFF
5221@node Dim
5222@section @code{.dim}
5223
5224@cindex @code{dim} directive
5225@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5226@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5227This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5228information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5229@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5230@end ifset
5231
5232@node Double
5233@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5234
5235@cindex @code{double} directive
5236@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5237@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5238assembles floating point numbers.
5239@ifset GENERIC
5240The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5241@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5242@end ifset
5243@ifclear GENERIC
5244@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5245On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5246in @sc{ieee} format.
5247@end ifset
5248@end ifclear
5249
5250@node Eject
5251@section @code{.eject}
5252
5253@cindex @code{eject} directive
5254@cindex new page, in listings
5255@cindex page, in listings
5256@cindex listing control: new page
5257Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5258
5259@node Else
5260@section @code{.else}
5261
5262@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5263@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5264assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5265of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5266was false.
5267
3fd9f047
TW
5268@node Elseif
5269@section @code{.elseif}
5270
5271@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5272@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5273assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5274@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5275
252b5132
RH
5276@node End
5277@section @code{.end}
5278
5279@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5280@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5281process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5282
5283@ifset COFF
5284@node Endef
5285@section @code{.endef}
5286
5287@cindex @code{endef} directive
5288This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5289@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5290@end ifset
5291
5292@node Endfunc
5293@section @code{.endfunc}
5294@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5295@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5296
5297@node Endif
5298@section @code{.endif}
5299
5300@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5301@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5302it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5303conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5304
5305@node Equ
5306@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5307
5308@cindex @code{equ} directive
5309@cindex assigning values to symbols
5310@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5311This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5312It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5313
5314@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5315The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5316@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5317@end ifset
5318
3c9b82ba 5319@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5320The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5321@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5322On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5323but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5324Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5325@end ifset
5326
252b5132
RH
5327@node Equiv
5328@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5329@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5330The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5331the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5332symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5333undefined.
252b5132 5334
01642c12 5335Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5336@smallexample
5337.ifdef SYM
5338.err
5339.endif
5340.equ SYM,VAL
5341@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5342plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5343
5344@node Eqv
5345@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5346@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5347The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5348evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5349the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5350value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5351
5352@node Err
5353@section @code{.err}
5354@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5355If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5356message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5357object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5358
d190d046
HPN
5359@node Error
5360@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5361@cindex error directive
5362
5363Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5364string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5365message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5366@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5367
5368@smallexample
5369 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5370@end smallexample
5371
252b5132
RH
5372@node Exitm
5373@section @code{.exitm}
5374Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5375
5376@node Extern
5377@section @code{.extern}
5378
5379@cindex @code{extern} directive
5380@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5381with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5382all undefined symbols as external.
5383
5384@node Fail
5385@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5386
5387@cindex @code{fail} directive
5388Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5389or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5390than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5391include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5392complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5393
252b5132 5394@node File
14082c76 5395@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5396@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5397
5398@ifclear no-file-dir
5399There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5400that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5401@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5402
5403@subheading Default Version
5404
252b5132
RH
5405@cindex logical file name
5406@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5407This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5408are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5409
5410@smallexample
5411.file @var{string}
5412@end smallexample
5413
5414@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5415recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5416to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5417statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5418old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5419
5420@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5421@end ifclear
5422
14082c76
BW
5423When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5424to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5425
5426@smallexample
5427.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5428@end smallexample
5429
5430The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5431index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5496f3c6
NC
5432literal enclosed in double quotes. The @var{filename} can include directory
5433elements. If it does, then the directory will be added to the directory table
5434and the basename will be added to the file table.
14082c76
BW
5435
5436The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5437table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5438information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5439entries will have.
5440
f9402cca
EB
5441If DWARF5 support has been enabled via the @option{-gdwarf-5} option then
5442an extended version of @code{.file} is also allowed:
5496f3c6
NC
5443
5444@smallexample
5445.file @var{fileno} [@var{dirname}] @var{filename} [md5 @var{value}]
5446@end smallexample
5447
5448With this version a separate directory name is allowed, although if this is
f9402cca
EB
5449used then @var{filename} should not contain any directory component, except
5450for @var{fileno} equal to 0: in this case, @var{dirname} is expected to be
5451the current directory and @var{filename} the currently processed file, and
5452the latter need not be located in the former. In addtion an MD5 hash value
5453of the contents of @var{filename} can be provided. This will be stored in
5454the the file table as well, and can be used by tools reading the debug
5455information to verify that the contents of the source file match the
5456contents of the compiled file.
5496f3c6 5457
252b5132
RH
5458@node Fill
5459@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5460
5461@cindex @code{fill} directive
5462@cindex writing patterns in memory
5463@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5464@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5465This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5466may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5467more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5468other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5469is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5470zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5471byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5472Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5473@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5474compatible with other people's assemblers.
5475
5476@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5477If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5478assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5479@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5480
5481@node Float
5482@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5483
5484@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5485@cindex @code{float} directive
5486This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5487has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5488@ifset GENERIC
5489The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5490@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5491@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5492@end ifset
5493@ifclear GENERIC
5494@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5495On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5496in @sc{ieee} format.
5497@end ifset
5498@end ifclear
5499
5500@node Func
5501@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5502@cindex @code{func} directive
5503@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5504is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5505Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5506@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5507prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5508@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5509All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5510The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5511
5512@node Global
5513@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5514
5515@cindex @code{global} directive
5516@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5517@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5518@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5519other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5520@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5521from another file linked into the same program.
5522
5523Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5524compatibility with other assemblers.
5525
5526@ifset HPPA
5527On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5528partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5529@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5530@end ifset
5531
c91d2e08 5532@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5533@node Gnu_attribute
5534@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5535Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5536
c91d2e08
NC
5537@node Hidden
5538@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5539
c1253627
NC
5540@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5541@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5542This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5543@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5544@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5545
5546This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5547their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5548@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5549Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5550@end ifset
5551
252b5132
RH
5552@node hword
5553@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5554
5555@cindex @code{hword} directive
5556@cindex integers, 16-bit
5557@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5558@cindex sixteen bit integers
5559This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5560a 16 bit number for each.
5561
5562@ifset GENERIC
5563This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5564architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5565@end ifset
5566@ifclear GENERIC
5567@ifset W32
5568This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5569@end ifset
5570@ifset W16
5571This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5572@end ifset
5573@end ifclear
5574
5575@node Ident
5576@section @code{.ident}
5577
5578@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5579
5580This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5581behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5582a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5583source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5584for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5585@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5586emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5587
5588@node If
5589@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5590
5591@cindex conditional assembly
5592@cindex @code{if} directive
5593@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5594considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5595(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5596the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5597(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5598alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5599If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5600nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5601
5602The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5603@table @code
5604@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5605@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5606Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5607has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5608is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5609
26aca5f6
JB
5610@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5611@item .ifb @var{text}
5612Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5613
252b5132
RH
5614@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5615@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5616Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5617strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5618the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5619end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5620string comparison is case sensitive.
5621
5622@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5623@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5624Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5625
5626@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5627@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5628Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5629
5630@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5631@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5632Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5633equal to zero.
5634
5635@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5636@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5637Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5638
5639@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5640@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5641Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5642to zero.
5643
5644@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5645@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5646Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5647
26aca5f6
JB
5648@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5649@item .ifnb @var{text}
5650Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5651following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5652
252b5132
RH
5653@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5654@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5655Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5656following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5657
5658@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5659@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5660@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5661@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5662Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5663has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5664which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5665
5666@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5667@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5668Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5669(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5670
5671@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5672@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5673Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5674following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5675@end table
5676
7e005732
NC
5677@node Incbin
5678@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5679
5680@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5681@cindex binary files, including
5682The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5683location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5684option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5685around @var{file}.
5686
5687The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5688@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5689read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5690responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5691after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5692
252b5132
RH
5693@node Include
5694@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5695
5696@cindex @code{include} directive
5697@cindex supporting files, including
5698@cindex files, including
5699This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5700points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5701if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5702included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5703can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5704(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5705around @var{file}.
5706
5707@node Int
5708@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5709
5710@cindex @code{int} directive
5711@cindex integers, 32-bit
5712Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5713For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5714expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5715of target the assembly is for.
5716
5717@ifclear GENERIC
5718@ifset H8
7be1c489 5719On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5720integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
572132-bit integers.
5722@end ifset
5723@end ifclear
5724
c91d2e08
NC
5725@ifset ELF
5726@node Internal
5727@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5728
c1253627
NC
5729@cindex @code{internal} directive
5730@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5731This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5732@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5733@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5734
5735This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5736their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5737@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5738(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5739processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5740@end ifset
5741
252b5132
RH
5742@node Irp
5743@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5744
5745@cindex @code{irp} directive
5746Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5747The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5748terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5749set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5750@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5751@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5752sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5753
5754For example, assembling
5755
5756@example
5757 .irp param,1,2,3
5758 move d\param,sp@@-
5759 .endr
5760@end example
5761
5762is equivalent to assembling
5763
5764@example
5765 move d1,sp@@-
5766 move d2,sp@@-
5767 move d3,sp@@-
5768@end example
5769
96e9638b 5770For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5771
252b5132
RH
5772@node Irpc
5773@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5774
5775@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5776Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5777The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5778terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5779@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5780assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5781assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5782@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5783
5784For example, assembling
5785
5786@example
5787 .irpc param,123
5788 move d\param,sp@@-
5789 .endr
5790@end example
5791
5792is equivalent to assembling
5793
5794@example
5795 move d1,sp@@-
5796 move d2,sp@@-
5797 move d3,sp@@-
5798@end example
5799
5e75c3ab
JB
5800For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5801at @xref{Macro}.
5802
252b5132
RH
5803@node Lcomm
5804@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5805
5806@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5807@cindex local common symbols
5808@cindex symbols, local common
5809Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5810denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5811those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5812section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5813is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5814not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5815
5816@ifset GENERIC
5817Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5818argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5819@end ifset
5820
5821@ifset HPPA
5822The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5823@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5824@end ifset
5825
5826@node Lflags
5827@section @code{.lflags}
5828
5829@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5830@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5831assemblers, but ignores it.
5832
5833@ifclear no-line-dir
5834@node Line
5835@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5836
5837@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5838@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5839@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5840Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5841expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5842statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5843reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5844@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5845for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5846@end ifset
5847
252b5132 5848Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5849@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5850when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5851were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5852@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5853
5854Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5855used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5856debugging.
5857@end ifclear
5858
5859@node Linkonce
5860@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5861@cindex COMDAT
5862@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5863@cindex common sections
5864Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5865This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5866but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5867The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5868Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5869unique.
5870
5871This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5872writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5873Executable format used on Windows NT.
5874
5875The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5876following strings. For example:
5877@smallexample
5878.linkonce same_size
5879@end smallexample
5880Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5881
5882@table @code
5883@item discard
5884Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5885
5886@item one_only
5887Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5888
5889@item same_size
5890Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5891
5892@item same_contents
5893Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5894@end table
5895
ccf8a69b
BW
5896@node List
5897@section @code{.list}
5898
5899@cindex @code{list} directive
5900@cindex listing control, turning on
5901Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5902not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5903internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5904counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5905generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5906
5907By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
a05a5b64 5908@samp{-a} command-line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
ccf8a69b
BW
5909the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5910
252b5132
RH
5911@node Ln
5912@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5913
5914@cindex @code{ln} directive
5915@ifclear no-line-dir
5916@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5917@end ifclear
5918@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5919Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5920must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5921line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5922statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5923line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5924@end ifset
5925
ccf8a69b
BW
5926@node Loc
5927@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5928@cindex @code{loc} directive
5929When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5930the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5931number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5932instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5933arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
edc7a80a
MW
5934the row is added. It is an error for the input assembly file to generate
5935a non-empty @code{.debug_line} and also use @code{loc} directives.
252b5132 5936
ccf8a69b
BW
5937The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5938
5939@table @code
5940@item basic_block
5941This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5942@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5943
5944@item prologue_end
5945This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5946@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5947
5948@item epilogue_begin
5949This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5950@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5951
5952@item is_stmt @var{value}
5953This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5954@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5955either 0 or 1.
5956
5957@item isa @var{value}
5958This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5959state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5960
92846e72
CC
5961@item discriminator @var{value}
5962This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5963state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5964
ba8826a8
AO
5965@item view @var{value}
5966This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5967current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5968instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5969@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5970@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5971directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5972@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5973that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5974location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5975the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5976@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5977
ccf8a69b
BW
5978@end table
5979
5980@node Loc_mark_labels
5981@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5982@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5983When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5984the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5985to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5986register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5987The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5988this function respectively.
252b5132 5989
4d4175af
BW
5990@ifset ELF
5991@node Local
5992@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5993
5994@cindex @code{local} directive
5995This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5996the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5997will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5998they will be created.
5999
6000For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
6001accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
6002the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
6003(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
6004@end ifset
6005
252b5132
RH
6006@node Long
6007@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
6008
6009@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 6010@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
6011
6012@ignore
6013@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
6014@c what it really ought to do
6015@node Lsym
6016@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6017
6018@cindex @code{lsym} directive
6019@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
6020@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
6021the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
6022rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
6023the same as the expression value:
6024@smallexample
6025@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
6026@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
6027@var{value} = @var{expression}
6028@end smallexample
6029@noindent
6030The new symbol is not flagged as external.
6031@end ignore
6032
6033@node Macro
6034@section @code{.macro}
6035
6036@cindex macros
6037The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
6038generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
6039@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
6040
6041@example
6042 .macro sum from=0, to=5
6043 .long \from
6044 .if \to-\from
6045 sum "(\from+1)",\to
6046 .endif
6047 .endm
6048@end example
6049
6050@noindent
6051With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
6052
6053@example
6054 .long 0
6055 .long 1
6056 .long 2
6057 .long 3
6058 .long 4
6059 .long 5
6060@end example
6061
6062@ftable @code
6063@item .macro @var{macname}
6064@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
6065@cindex @code{macro} directive
6066Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
6067definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
6068separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
6069indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
6070@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
6071(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
6072macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
6073cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 6074subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 6075definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
6076
6077@table @code
6078@item .macro comm
6079Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
6080arguments.
6081
6258339f 6082@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
6083@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
6084Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
6085which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
6086@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
6087
6088@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
6089Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
6090arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
6091After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
6092@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
6093@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
6094,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
6095@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 6096
6eaeac8a
JB
6097@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
6098Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
6099arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
6100not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
6101will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
6102
252b5132
RH
6103When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
6104position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
6105@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
6106
6258339f
NC
6107@end table
6108
5e75c3ab
JB
6109Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
6110as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
6111occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 6112characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 6113(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 6114architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
6115character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
6116replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
6117construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
6118identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
6119this macro definition:
6120
6121@example
6122 .macro label l
6123\l:
6124 .endm
6125@end example
6126
6127might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
6128called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
6129assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
6130identifier.
6131
6132Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
6133which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
6134for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
6135length specifier like this:
6136
6137@example
6138 .macro opcode base length
6139 \base.\length
6140 .endm
6141@end example
6142
6143and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
6144instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
6145interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
6146
6147There are several possible ways around this problem:
6148
6149@table @code
6150@item Insert white space
6151If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
6152solution. eg:
6153
6154@example
6155 .macro label l
6156\l :
6157 .endm
6158@end example
6159
6160@item Use @samp{\()}
6161The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
6162the following text. eg:
6163
6164@example
6165 .macro opcode base length
6166 \base\().\length
6167 .endm
6168@end example
6169
6170@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
6171In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
6172used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
6173
6174@example
6175 .altmacro
6176 .macro label l
6177l&:
6178 .endm
6179@end example
6258339f 6180@end table
5e75c3ab 6181
96e9638b 6182Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 6183also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 6184and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 6185
252b5132
RH
6186@item .endm
6187@cindex @code{endm} directive
6188Mark the end of a macro definition.
6189
6190@item .exitm
6191@cindex @code{exitm} directive
6192Exit early from the current macro definition.
6193
6194@cindex number of macros executed
6195@cindex macros, count executed
6196@item \@@
a4fb0134 6197@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
6198executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
6199output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
6200
252b5132
RH
6201@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
6202@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
6203macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
6204@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
6205@end ftable
252b5132 6206
ccf8a69b
BW
6207@node MRI
6208@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 6209
ccf8a69b
BW
6210@cindex @code{mri} directive
6211@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
6212If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6213@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6214affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6215of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6216
caa32fe5
NC
6217@node Noaltmacro
6218@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6219Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6220
252b5132
RH
6221@node Nolist
6222@section @code{.nolist}
6223
6224@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6225@cindex listing control, turning off
6226Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6227not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6228internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6229counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6230generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6231
b1766e7c 6232@node Nop
058430b4 6233@section @code{.nop [@var{size}]}
b1766e7c
NC
6234
6235@cindex @code{nop} directive
6236@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
058430b4
AM
6237This directive emits no-op instructions. It is provided on all architectures,
6238allowing the creation of architecture neutral tests involving actual code. The
6239size of the generated instruction is target specific, but if the optional
6240@var{size} argument is given and resolves to an absolute positive value at that
6241point in assembly (no forward expressions allowed) then the fewest no-op
6242instructions are emitted that equal or exceed a total @var{size} in bytes.
6243@code{.nop} does affect the generation of DWARF debug line information.
6244Some targets do not support using @code{.nop} with @var{size}.
b1766e7c 6245
8f065d3b
L
6246@node Nops
6247@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6248
8f065d3b 6249@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25 6250@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
b1766e7c
NC
6251This directive emits no-op instructions. It is specific to the Intel 80386 and
6252AMD x86-64 targets. It takes a @var{size} argument and generates @var{size}
6253bytes of no-op instructions. @var{size} must be absolute and positive. These
6254bytes do not affect the generation of DWARF debug line information.
6255
6256The optional @var{control} argument specifies a size limit for a single no-op
6257instruction. If not provided then a value of 0 is assumed. The valid values
6258of @var{control} are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when
6259tuning for older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or
6260when tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
3ae729d5 6261instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6262
252b5132
RH
6263@node Octa
6264@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6265
a8eb42a8 6266@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6267@cindex @code{octa} directive
6268@cindex integer, 16-byte
6269@cindex sixteen byte integer
6270This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6271bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6272
6273The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6274hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6275
9aec2026
NC
6276@node Offset
6277@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6278
6279@cindex @code{offset} directive
6280Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6281be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6282symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6283directive.
9aec2026 6284
252b5132
RH
6285@node Org
6286@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6287
6288@cindex @code{org} directive
6289@cindex location counter, advancing
6290@cindex advancing location counter
6291@cindex current address, advancing
6292Advance the location counter of the current section to
6293@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6294expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6295you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6296wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6297with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6298@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6299is the same as the current subsection.
6300
6301@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6302unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6303backwards.
6304
6305@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6306@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6307@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6308Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6309may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6310a chance to share your improved assembler.
6311
6312Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6313to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6314people's assemblers.
6315
6316When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6317intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6318absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6319@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6320
6321@node P2align
915808f6 6322@section @code{.p2align[wl] [@var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}[, @var{abs-expr}]]]}
252b5132
RH
6323
6324@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6325@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6326Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6327storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6328number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6329advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
a6ce99e9 6330counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
915808f6
NC
6331multiple of 8, no change is needed. If the expression is omitted then a
6332default value of 0 is used, effectively disabling alignment requirements.
252b5132
RH
6333
6334The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6335padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6336padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6337marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6338with no-op instructions.
6339
6340The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6341it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6342directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6343specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6344fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6345required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6346with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6347
6348@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6349@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6350The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6351@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6352pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6353fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
63542,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6355filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6356the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6357undefined.
6358
ccf8a69b
BW
6359@ifset ELF
6360@node PopSection
6361@section @code{.popsection}
6362
6363@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6364@cindex Section Stack
6365This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6366@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6367@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6368(@pxref{Previous}).
6369
6370This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6371section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6372stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6373@end ifset
6374
c91d2e08
NC
6375@ifset ELF
6376@node Previous
6377@section @code{.previous}
6378
c1253627 6379@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6380@cindex Section Stack
6381This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6382@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6383@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6384(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6385
6386This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6387referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6388@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6389subsections). For example:
6390
6391@smallexample
6392.section A
6393 .subsection 1
6394 .word 0x1234
6395 .subsection 2
6396 .word 0x5678
6397.previous
6398 .word 0x9abc
6399@end smallexample
6400
6401Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6402section A. Whilst:
6403
6404@smallexample
6405.section A
6406.subsection 1
6407 # Now in section A subsection 1
6408 .word 0x1234
6409.section B
6410.subsection 0
6411 # Now in section B subsection 0
6412 .word 0x5678
6413.subsection 1
6414 # Now in section B subsection 1
6415 .word 0x9abc
6416.previous
6417 # Now in section B subsection 0
6418 .word 0xdef0
6419@end smallexample
6420
6421Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6422section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6423
6424In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6425the top section on the section stack.
6426@end ifset
6427
252b5132
RH
6428@node Print
6429@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6430
6431@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6432@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6433assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6434
c91d2e08
NC
6435@ifset ELF
6436@node Protected
6437@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6438
c1253627
NC
6439@cindex @code{protected} directive
6440@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6441This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6442@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6443
6444This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6445their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6446@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6447components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6448component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6449this.
c91d2e08
NC
6450@end ifset
6451
252b5132
RH
6452@node Psize
6453@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6454
6455@cindex @code{psize} directive
6456@cindex listing control: paper size
6457@cindex paper size, for listings
6458Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6459number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6460
6461If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6462of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6463default width is 200 columns.
6464
a4fb0134 6465@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6466lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6467@code{.eject}).
6468
6469If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6470those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6471
6472@node Purgem
6473@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6474
6475@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6476Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6477expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6478
c91d2e08
NC
6479@ifset ELF
6480@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6481@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6482
c1253627 6483@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6484@cindex Section Stack
6485This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6486@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6487@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6488(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6489
e9863d7f
DJ
6490This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6491top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6492subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6493@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6494as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6495@end ifset
6496
252b5132
RH
6497@node Quad
6498@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6499
6500@cindex @code{quad} directive
6501@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6502each bignum, it emits
6503@ifclear bignum-16
6504an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6505warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6506@cindex eight-byte integer
6507@cindex integer, 8-byte
6508
6509The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6510hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6511@end ifclear
6512@ifset bignum-16
6513a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6514warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6515@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6516@cindex integer, 16-byte
6517@end ifset
6518
05e9452c
AM
6519@node Reloc
6520@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6521
6522@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6523Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6524@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6525the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6526symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6527@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6528absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6529targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6530relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6531section.
6532
252b5132
RH
6533@node Rept
6534@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6535
6536@cindex @code{rept} directive
6537Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6538@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6539
6540For example, assembling
6541
6542@example
6543 .rept 3
6544 .long 0
6545 .endr
6546@end example
6547
6548is equivalent to assembling
6549
6550@example
6551 .long 0
6552 .long 0
6553 .long 0
6554@end example
6555
808811a3
NC
6556A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6557allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6558
252b5132
RH
6559@node Sbttl
6560@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6561
6562@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6563@cindex subtitles for listings
6564@cindex listing control: subtitle
6565Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6566title line) when generating assembly listings.
6567
6568This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6569it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6570
6571@ifset COFF
6572@node Scl
6573@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6574
6575@cindex @code{scl} directive
6576@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6577@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6578Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6579used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6580whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6581symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6582@end ifset
6583
c1253627 6584@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6585@node Section
c1253627 6586@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6587
252b5132
RH
6588@cindex named section
6589Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6590named @var{name}.
6591
6592This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6593named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6594with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6595
c1253627
NC
6596@ifset COFF
6597@ifset ELF
6598@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6599@subheading COFF Version
6600@end ifset
6601
6602@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6603For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6604ways:
c91d2e08 6605
252b5132
RH
6606@smallexample
6607.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6608.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6609@end smallexample
6610
6611If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6612section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6613
252b5132
RH
6614@table @code
6615@item b
6616bss section (uninitialized data)
6617@item n
6618section is not loaded
6619@item w
6620writable section
6621@item d
6622data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6623@item e
6624exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6625@item r
6626read-only section
6627@item x
6628executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6629@item s
6630shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6631@item a
6632ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6633@item y
6634section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6635@item 0-9
6636single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6637@end table
6638
6639If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6640the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6641loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6642from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6643will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6644
6645If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6646taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6647@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6648
6649@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6650@ifset COFF
6651@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6652@subheading ELF Version
6653@end ifset
6654
c91d2e08
NC
6655@cindex Section Stack
6656This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6657@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6658(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6659@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6660
c1253627 6661@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6662For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6663
252b5132 6664@smallexample
7047dd1e 6665.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6666@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6667
451133ce
NP
6668@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6669@kindex --sectname-subst
6670@cindex section name substitution
6671If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6672argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6673at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6674
6675@smallexample
6676.macro exception_code
6677.section %S.exception
6678[exception code here]
6679.previous
6680.endm
6681
6682.text
6683[code]
6684exception_code
6685[...]
6686
6687.section .init
6688[init code]
6689exception_code
6690[...]
6691@end smallexample
6692
6693The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6694@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6695This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6696tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6697need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6698macros just for that purpose.
6699
252b5132 6700The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6701combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6702
252b5132
RH
6703@table @code
6704@item a
6705section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6706@item d
6707section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6708@item e
6709section is excluded from executable and shared library.
b7d07216
L
6710@item o
6711section references a symbol defined in another section (the linked-to
6712section) in the same file.
252b5132
RH
6713@item w
6714section is writable
6715@item x
6716section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6717@item M
6718section is mergeable
6719@item S
6720section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6721@item G
6722section is a member of a section group
6723@item T
6724section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6725@item ?
6726section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
99fabbc9
JL
6727@item R
6728retained section (apply SHF_GNU_RETAIN to prevent linker garbage
6729collection, GNU ELF extension)
eda683bb 6730@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6731a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6732field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6733also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6734resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6735@item @code{<target specific>}
6736some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6737@end table
6738
9fb71ee4
NC
6739Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6740a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6741flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6742@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6743(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
642f545a
NC
6744section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added. Also note that the
6745@code{.attach_to_group} directive can be used to add a section to a group even
6746if the section was not originally declared to be part of that group.
9fb71ee4 6747
252b5132 6748The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6749
252b5132
RH
6750@table @code
6751@item @@progbits
6752section contains data
6753@item @@nobits
6754section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6755@item @@note
6756section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6757@item @@init_array
6758section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6759@item @@fini_array
6760section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6761@item @@preinit_array
6762section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6763@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6764a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6765@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6766some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6767@end table
6768
9fb71ee4
NC
6769Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6770enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6771
ececec60
NC
6772Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6773ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6774@code{%} character.
6775
9fb71ee4
NC
6776Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6777special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6778type will generate an error from the assembler.
6779
22fe14ad 6780If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6781be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6782
6783@smallexample
6784.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6785@end smallexample
6786
6787Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6788constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6789@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6790@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6791the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6792absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6793which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6794@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6795@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad 6796
b7d07216
L
6797If @var{flags} contains the @code{o} flag, then the @var{type} argument
6798must be present along with an additional field like this:
6799
6800@smallexample
b71702f1 6801.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"o,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName}|@var{SectionIndex}
b7d07216
L
6802@end smallexample
6803
6804The @var{SymbolName} field specifies the symbol name which the section
b71702f1
NC
6805references. Alternatively a numeric @var{SectionIndex} can be provided. This
6806is not generally a good idea as section indicies are rarely known at assembly
6807time, but the facility is provided for testing purposes. An index of zero is
6808allowed. It indicates that the linked-to section has already been discarded.
b7d07216
L
6809
6810Note: If both the @var{M} and @var{o} flags are present, then the fields
6811for the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6812
6813@smallexample
6814.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"Mo,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{SymbolName}
6815@end smallexample
6816
22fe14ad
NC
6817If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6818be present along with an additional field like this:
6819
6820@smallexample
6821.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6822@end smallexample
6823
6824The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6825particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6826
22fe14ad
NC
6827@table @code
6828@item comdat
6829indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6830@item .gnu.linkonce
6831an alias for comdat
6832@end table
6833
96e9638b 6834Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6835the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6836
6837@smallexample
6838.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6839@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6840
b7d07216
L
6841If both @code{o} flag and @code{G} flag are present, then the
6842@var{SymbolName} field for @code{o} comes first, like this:
6843
6844@smallexample
6845.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"oG,@@@var{type},@var{SymbolName},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}]
6846@end smallexample
6847
01642c12
RM
6848If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6849@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6850present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6851this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6852@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6853If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6854
a8c4d40b
L
6855The optional @var{unique,@code{<number>}} argument must come last. It
6856assigns @var{@code{<number>}} as a unique section ID to distinguish
6857different sections with the same section name like these:
6858
6859@smallexample
6860.section @var{name},"@var{flags}",@@@var{type},@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6861.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"G,@@@var{type},@var{GroupName},[@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6862.section @var{name},"@var{flags}"MG,@@@var{type},@var{entsize},@var{GroupName}[,@var{linkage}],@var{unique,@code{<number>}}
6863@end smallexample
6864
6865The valid values of @var{@code{<number>}} are between 0 and 4294967295.
6866
252b5132
RH
6867If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6868the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6869none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6870executable. The section will contain data.
6871
6872For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6873directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6874
252b5132
RH
6875@smallexample
6876.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6877@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6878
252b5132
RH
6879Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6880separated flags:
eda683bb 6881
252b5132
RH
6882@table @code
6883@item #alloc
6884section is allocatable
6885@item #write
6886section is writable
6887@item #execinstr
6888section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6889@item #exclude
6890section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6891@item #tls
6892section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6893@end table
c91d2e08 6894
e9863d7f
DJ
6895This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6896contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6897some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6898work.
c1253627
NC
6899@end ifset
6900@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6901
6902@node Set
6903@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6904
6905@cindex @code{set} directive
6906@cindex symbol value, setting
6907Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6908changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6909@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6910flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6911
5d239759
NC
6912You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6913values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6914involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6915being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6916addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6917final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6918the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6919different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6920
6921If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6922file is the last value stored into it.
6923
3c9b82ba 6924@ifset Z80
6655dba2 6925On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use @code{.set} or
3c9b82ba
NC
6926@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6927@end ifset
6928
252b5132
RH
6929@node Short
6930@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6931
6932@cindex @code{short} directive
6933@ifset GENERIC
6934@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6935@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6936
6937In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6938numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6939@end ifset
6940@ifclear GENERIC
6941@ifset W16
6942@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6943@end ifset
6944@ifset W32
6945This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6946a 16 bit number for each.
6947@end ifset
6948@end ifclear
6949
6950@node Single
6951@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6952
6953@cindex @code{single} directive
6954@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6955This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6956has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6957@ifset GENERIC
6958The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6959@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6960@end ifset
6961@ifclear GENERIC
6962@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6963On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6964numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6965@end ifset
6966@end ifclear
6967
c1253627 6968@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6969@node Size
c1253627 6970@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6971
c1253627
NC
6972This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6973
6974@ifset COFF
6975@ifset ELF
6976@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6977@subheading COFF Version
6978@end ifset
6979
6980@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6981For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6982@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6983
6984@smallexample
6985.size @var{expression}
6986@end smallexample
252b5132 6987
c1253627 6988@end ifset
c91d2e08 6989
c1253627
NC
6990@ifset ELF
6991@ifset COFF
6992@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6993@subheading ELF Version
6994@end ifset
6995
6996@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6997For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6998
c1253627
NC
6999@smallexample
7000.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
7001@end smallexample
7002
7003This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
7004The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
7005arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
7006symbols.
c1253627
NC
7007@end ifset
7008@end ifset
252b5132 7009
252b5132
RH
7010@ifclear no-space-dir
7011@node Skip
340d33e5 7012@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
7013
7014@cindex @code{skip} directive
7015@cindex filling memory
7016This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
7017@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
7018@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
7019@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 7020@end ifclear
252b5132 7021
ccf8a69b
BW
7022@node Sleb128
7023@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
7024
7025@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 7026@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
7027compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
7028symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
7029
884f0d36 7030@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 7031@node Space
340d33e5 7032@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
7033
7034@cindex @code{space} directive
7035@cindex filling memory
7036This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
7037@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
7038and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
7039as @samp{.skip}.
7040
7041@ifset HPPA
7042@quotation
7043@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
7044targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
7045Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
7046@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
7047for a summary.
7048@end quotation
7049@end ifset
7050@end ifclear
7051
252b5132
RH
7052@ifset have-stabs
7053@node Stab
7054@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
7055
7056@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
7057@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
7058There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
7059All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 7060The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
7061cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
7062Up to five fields are required:
7063
7064@table @var
7065@item string
7066This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
7067@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
7068debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
7069using this field.
7070
7071@item type
7072An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
7073this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
7074and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
7075
7076@item other
7077An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
7078low 8 bits of this expression.
7079
7080@item desc
7081An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
7082bits of this expression.
7083
7084@item value
7085An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
7086@end table
7087
7088If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
7089or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
7090you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
7091compatible with earlier assemblers!
7092
7093@table @code
7094@cindex @code{stabd} directive
7095@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
7096
7097The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
7098It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
7099null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
7100strings.
7101
7102The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
7103relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
7104is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
7105assembled.
7106
7107@cindex @code{stabn} directive
7108@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7109The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
7110
7111@cindex @code{stabs} directive
7112@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
7113All five fields are specified.
7114@end table
7115@end ifset
7116@c end have-stabs
7117
7118@node String
38a57ae7 7119@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 7120"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
7121
7122@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
7123@cindex string8, copying to object file
7124@cindex string16, copying to object file
7125@cindex string32, copying to object file
7126@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 7127@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
7128@cindex @code{string8} directive
7129@cindex @code{string16} directive
7130@cindex @code{string32} directive
7131@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
7132
7133Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
7134one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
7135particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
7136You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
7137
01642c12 7138The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
7139the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
7140copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
7141are stored in target endianness byte order.
7142
7143Example:
7144@smallexample
7145 .string32 "BYE"
7146expands to:
7147 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
7148 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
7149@end smallexample
7150
7151
252b5132
RH
7152@node Struct
7153@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
7154
7155@cindex @code{struct} directive
7156Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
7157which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
7158@smallexample
7159 .struct 0
7160field1:
7161 .struct field1 + 4
7162field2:
7163 .struct field2 + 4
7164field3:
7165@end smallexample
7166This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
7167@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
7168value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
7169use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
7170before further assembly.
7171
c91d2e08
NC
7172@ifset ELF
7173@node SubSection
7174@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
7175
c1253627 7176@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7177@cindex Section Stack
7178This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
7179@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
7180@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 7181(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
7182
7183This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
7184section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
7185in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
7186@end ifset
7187
252b5132
RH
7188@ifset ELF
7189@node Symver
7190@section @code{.symver}
7191@cindex @code{symver} directive
7192@cindex symbol versioning
7193@cindex versions of symbols
7194Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
7195within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
7196typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
7197There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
7198into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
7199shared library.
7200
79082ff0 7201For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132 7202@smallexample
6914be53 7203.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}[ ,@var{visibility}]
252b5132 7204@end smallexample
6914be53 7205If the original symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 7206being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
7207alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
7208just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
7209permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
7210of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
7211itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
7212have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
7213file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
7214function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
7215the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
7216building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
7217symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6914be53
L
7218nodename of the symbol you are trying to override. The optional argument
7219@var{visibility} updates the visibility of the original symbol. The valid
31c89d60 7220visibilities are @code{local}, @code{hidden}, and @code{remove}. The
6914be53
L
7221@code{local} visibility makes the original symbol a local symbol
7222(@pxref{Local}). The @code{hidden} visibility sets the visibility of the
7223original symbol to @code{hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}). The @code{remove}
31c89d60
AM
7224visibility removes the original symbol from the symbol table. If visibility
7225isn't specified, the original symbol is unchanged.
339681c0
L
7226
7227If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
7228references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
7229reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
7230symbol table.
79082ff0
L
7231
7232Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7233@smallexample
7234.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
7235@end smallexample
7236In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 7237the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
7238difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
7239references to @var{name2} by the linker.
7240
7241The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
7242@smallexample
7243.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
7244@end smallexample
7245When @var{name} is not defined within the
7246file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
7247@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
7248name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
7249@end ifset
7250
7251@ifset COFF
7252@node Tag
7253@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
7254
7255@cindex COFF structure debugging
7256@cindex structure debugging, COFF
7257@cindex @code{tag} directive
7258This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
7259information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
7260@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
7261definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
7262@end ifset
7263
7264@node Text
7265@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
7266
7267@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 7268Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
7269the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
7270expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
7271is used.
7272
7273@node Title
7274@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
7275
7276@cindex @code{title} directive
7277@cindex listing control: title line
7278Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
7279source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
7280
7281This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7282it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7283
4c8584be
L
7284@ifset ELF
7285@node Tls_common
7286@section @code{.tls_common @var{symbol}, @var{length}[, @var{alignment}]}
7287
7288@cindex @code{tls_common} directive
7289This directive behaves in the same way as the @code{.comm} directive
7290(@pxref{Comm}) except that @var{symbol} has type of STT_TLS instead of
7291STT_OBJECT.
7292@end ifset
7293
c1253627 7294@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7295@node Type
c1253627
NC
7296@section @code{.type}
7297
7298This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7299
7300@ifset COFF
7301@ifset ELF
7302@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7303@subheading COFF Version
7304@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7305
7306@cindex COFF symbol type
7307@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7308@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7309For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7310@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7311
7312@smallexample
7313.type @var{int}
7314@end smallexample
7315
7316This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7317entry.
252b5132 7318
c1253627 7319@end ifset
c91d2e08 7320
c1253627
NC
7321@ifset ELF
7322@ifset COFF
7323@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7324@subheading ELF Version
7325@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7326
7327@cindex ELF symbol type
7328@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7329@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7330For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7331
7332@smallexample
7333.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7334@end smallexample
7335
7336This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7337function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7338supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7339compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7340
7341Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7342@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7343below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7344the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7345maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7346assemblers.
7347
7348The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7349
7350@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7351 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7352 .type <name>,#<type>
7353 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7354 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7355 .type <name>,"<type>"
7356@end smallexample
7357
7358The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7359
5671778d
NC
7360@table @gcctabopt
7361@item STT_FUNC
7362@itemx function
7363Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7364
d8045f23
NC
7365@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7366@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7367Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7368processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7369
5671778d
NC
7370@item STT_OBJECT
7371@itemx object
7372Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7373
7374@item STT_TLS
7375@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7376Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7377
7378@item STT_COMMON
7379@itemx common
7380Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7381
7382@item STT_NOTYPE
7383@itemx notype
7384Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7385
3e7a7d11
NC
7386@item gnu_unique_object
7387Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7388will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7389name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7390systems).
3e7a7d11 7391
5671778d
NC
7392@end table
7393
f2d4ba38
JB
7394Changing between incompatible types other than from/to STT_NOTYPE will
7395result in a diagnostic. An intermediate change to STT_NOTYPE will silence
7396this.
7397
5671778d 7398Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7399
c1253627
NC
7400@end ifset
7401@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7402
7403@node Uleb128
7404@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7405
7406@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7407@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7408compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7409symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7410
7411@ifset COFF
7412@node Val
7413@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7414
7415@cindex @code{val} directive
7416@cindex COFF value attribute
7417@cindex value attribute, COFF
7418This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7419records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7420entry.
252b5132
RH
7421@end ifset
7422
2e13b764 7423@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7424@node Version
7425@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7426
c1253627 7427@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7428This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7429formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7430@end ifset
2e13b764 7431
c91d2e08
NC
7432@ifset ELF
7433@node VTableEntry
7434@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7435
653cfe85 7436@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7437This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7438@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7439
c91d2e08
NC
7440@node VTableInherit
7441@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7442
653cfe85 7443@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7444This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7445@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7446parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7447parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7448@end ifset
2e13b764 7449
d190d046
HPN
7450@node Warning
7451@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7452@cindex warning directive
7453Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7454(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7455
c91d2e08
NC
7456@node Weak
7457@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7458
c1253627 7459@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7460This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7461@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7462
01642c12 7463On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7464directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7465@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7466
977cdf5a 7467On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7468When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7469alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7470
06e77878
AO
7471@node Weakref
7472@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7473
7474@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7475This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7476be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7477If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7478will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7479symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7480
7481The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7482assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7483symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7484resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7485had the references to the alias removed.
7486
7487The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7488within the assembler.
7489
252b5132
RH
7490@node Word
7491@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7492
7493@cindex @code{word} directive
7494This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7495separated by commas.
7496@ifclear GENERIC
7497@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7498For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7499@end ifset
7500@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7501For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7502@end ifset
7503@end ifclear
7504@ifset GENERIC
7505
7506The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7507depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7508@end ifset
7509
a8eb42a8 7510@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7511@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7512@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7513@cindex difference tables altered
7514@cindex altered difference tables
7515@quotation
7516@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7517@end quotation
7518
7519@ifset GENERIC
7520Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7521addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7522interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7523@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7524
7525@end ifset
7526In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7527@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7528Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7529compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7530directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7531@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7532creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7533This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7534first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7535of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7536table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7537contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7538@code{sym2}.
7539
7540If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7541secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7542@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7543long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7544and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7545minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7546entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7547
7548@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7549@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7550@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7551assembly language programmers.
7552@end ifset
7553@end ifset
7554@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7555
7ce98c16
NC
7556@ifclear no-space-dir
7557@node Zero
7558@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7559
7560@cindex @code{zero} directive
7561@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7562This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7563expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
900e33b9 7564so it can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7ce98c16
NC
7565instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7566@end ifclear
7567
2b841ec2 7568@node 2byte
ea86f534 7569@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7570@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7571@cindex two-byte integer
7572@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7573
e406e428
NC
7574This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7575are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7576is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7577section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7578in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7579bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7580at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7581value at link time.
7582
7583This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7584values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7585different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7586
2b841ec2 7587@node 4byte
ea86f534 7588@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7589@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7590@cindex four-byte integer
7591@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7592
e406e428
NC
7593Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7594long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7595
7596@node 8byte
ea86f534 7597@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7598@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7599@cindex eight-byte integer
7600@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7601
e21126b7 7602Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7603byte long bignum values into the output.
7604
252b5132
RH
7605@node Deprecated
7606@section Deprecated Directives
7607
7608@cindex deprecated directives
7609@cindex obsolescent directives
7610One day these directives won't work.
7611They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7612@table @t
7613@item .abort
7614@item .line
7615@end table
7616
3a99f02f
DJ
7617@ifset ELF
7618@node Object Attributes
7619@chapter Object Attributes
7620@cindex object attributes
7621
7622@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7623into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7624Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7625point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7626requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7627passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7628hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7629generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7630newer generation at run-time.
7631
7632This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7633@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7634time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7635correctly.
7636
7637Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7638attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7639string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7640and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7641or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7642attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7643
7644Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7645The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7646
7647@menu
7648* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7649* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7650@end menu
7651
7652@node GNU Object Attributes
7653@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7654
7655The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7656with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7657
7658Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7659its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7660an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
76612} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7662architecture-dependent ones.
7663
7664@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7665
7666These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7667
7668@table @r
7669@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7670The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7671the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7672then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7673than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7674arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7675@end table
7676
85f7484a
PB
7677@subsection M680x0 Attributes
7678
7679@table @r
7680@item Tag_GNU_M68K_ABI_FP (4)
7681The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7682
7683@itemize @bullet
7684@item
76850 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7686@item
76871 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
7688@item
76892 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
7690@end itemize
7691@end table
7692
3a99f02f
DJ
7693@subsection MIPS Attributes
7694
7695@table @r
7696@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7697The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7698
7699@itemize @bullet
7700@item
77010 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7702@item
f179c512
MF
77031 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7704double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7705@item
77062 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7707@item
77083 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7709@item
f179c512
MF
77104 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7711floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7712number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7713@item
77145 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7715with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7716general-purpose registers.
7717@item
77186 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7719registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7720@item
77217 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7722registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7723direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7724@end itemize
7725@end table
7726
7727@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7728
7729@table @r
7730@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7731The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7732
7733@itemize @bullet
7734@item
77350 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7736@item
3c7b9897 77371 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7738@item
77392 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7740@item
77413 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7742@end itemize
7743
7744@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7745The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7746
7747@itemize @bullet
7748@item
77490 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7750@item
77511 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7752@item
77532 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7754@item
77553 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7756@end itemize
7757@end table
7758
643f7afb
AK
7759@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7760
7761@table @r
7762@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7763The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7764
7765@itemize @bullet
7766@item
77670 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7768@item
77691 for files using software vector ABI.
7770@item
77712 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7772@end itemize
7773@end table
7774
c0ea7c52
JL
7775@subsection MSP430 Attributes
7776
7777@table @r
7778@item Tag_GNU_MSP430_Data_Region (4)
7779The data region used by this object file. The value will be:
7780
7781@itemize @bullet
7782@item
77830 for files not using the large memory model.
7784@item
77851 for files which have been compiled with the condition that all
7786data is in the lower memory region, i.e. below address 0x10000.
7787@item
77882 for files which allow data to be placed in the full 20-bit memory range.
7789@end itemize
7790@end table
7791
3a99f02f
DJ
7792@node Defining New Object Attributes
7793@section Defining New Object Attributes
7794
7795If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7796will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7797mailing list.
7798
7799@itemize @bullet
7800@item
7801This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7802@item
7803The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7804@item
7805The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7806and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7807@item
7808Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7809@item
7810@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7811@item
7812GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7813@end itemize
7814
7815@end ifset
7816
252b5132
RH
7817@ifset GENERIC
7818@node Machine Dependencies
7819@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7820
7821@cindex machine dependencies
7822The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7823each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7824vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7825directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7826assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7827@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7828optimization.
7829
7830This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7831include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7832subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7833
7834@menu
a06ea964
NC
7835@ifset AARCH64
7836* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7837@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7838@ifset ALPHA
7839* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7840@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7841@ifset ARC
7842* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7843@end ifset
7844@ifset ARM
7845* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7846@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7847@ifset AVR
7848* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7849@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7850@ifset Blackfin
7851* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7852@end ifset
f8861f5d
JM
7853@ifset BPF
7854* BPF-Dependent:: BPF Dependent Features
7855@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7856@ifset CR16
7857* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7858@end ifset
8bf549a8 7859@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7860* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7861@end ifset
b8891f8d
AJ
7862@ifset CSKY
7863* C-SKY-Dependent:: C-SKY Dependent Features
7864@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7865@ifset D10V
7866* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7867@end ifset
7868@ifset D30V
7869* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7870@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7871@ifset EPIPHANY
7872* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7873@end ifset
252b5132 7874@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7875* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7876@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7877@ifset HPPA
7878* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7879@end ifset
7880@ifset I80386
55b62671 7881* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7882@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7883@ifset IA64
7884* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7885@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7886@ifset IP2K
7887* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7888@end ifset
4462d7c4 7889@ifset LOONGARCH
7890* LoongArch-Dependent:: LoongArch Dependent Features
7891@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7892@ifset LM32
7893* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7894@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7895@ifset M32C
7896* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7897@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7898@ifset M32R
7899* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7900@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7901@ifset M680X0
7902* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7903@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7904@ifset M68HC11
7905* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7906@end ifset
7b4ae824 7907@ifset S12Z
905f5b3f 7908* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7b4ae824 7909@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7910@ifset METAG
7911* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7912@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7913@ifset MICROBLAZE
7914* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7915@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7916@ifset MIPS
7917* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7918@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7919@ifset MMIX
7920* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7921@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7922@ifset MSP430
7923* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7924@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7925@ifset NDS32
7926* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7927@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7928@ifset NIOSII
7929* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7930@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7931@ifset NS32K
7932* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7933@end ifset
1f041c6e
SH
7934@ifset OPENRISC
7935* OpenRISC-Dependent:: OpenRISC 1000 Features
7936@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7937@ifset PDP11
7938* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7939@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7940@ifset PJ
7941* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7942@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7943@ifset PPC
7944* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7945@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7946@ifset PRU
7947* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7948@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7949@ifset RISCV
7950* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7951@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7952@ifset RL78
7953* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7954@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7955@ifset RX
7956* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7957@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7958@ifset S390
7959* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7960@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7961@ifset SCORE
7962* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7963@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7964@ifset SH
7965* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7966@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7967@ifset SPARC
7968* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7969@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7970@ifset TIC54X
7971* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7972@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7973@ifset TIC6X
7974* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7975@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7976@ifset TILEGX
7977* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7978@end ifset
7979@ifset TILEPRO
7980* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7981@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7982@ifset V850
7983* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7984@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7985@ifset VAX
7986* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7987@end ifset
7988@ifset VISIUM
7989* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7990@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7991@ifset WASM32
7992* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7993@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7994@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7995* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7996@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7997@ifset XSTORMY16
7998* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7999@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
8000@ifset XTENSA
8001* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
8002@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
8003@ifset Z80
8004* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
8005@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8006@ifset Z8000
8007* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
8008@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8009@end menu
8010
8011@lowersections
8012@end ifset
8013
8014@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
8015@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
8016@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
8017@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
8018@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
8019@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
8020@c in both conditional blocks.
8021
a06ea964
NC
8022@ifset AARCH64
8023@include c-aarch64.texi
8024@end ifset
8025
625e1353
RH
8026@ifset ALPHA
8027@include c-alpha.texi
8028@end ifset
8029
8030@ifset ARC
8031@include c-arc.texi
8032@end ifset
8033
252b5132
RH
8034@ifset ARM
8035@include c-arm.texi
8036@end ifset
8037
8473f7a4
DC
8038@ifset AVR
8039@include c-avr.texi
8040@end ifset
8041
3b4e1885 8042@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
8043@include c-bfin.texi
8044@end ifset
8045
f8861f5d
JM
8046@ifset BPF
8047@include c-bpf.texi
8048@end ifset
8049
3d3d428f
NC
8050@ifset CR16
8051@include c-cr16.texi
8052@end ifset
8053
328eb32e
HPN
8054@ifset CRIS
8055@include c-cris.texi
8056@end ifset
8057
b8891f8d
AJ
8058@ifset CSKY
8059@include c-csky.texi
8060@end ifset
8061
c2dcd04e 8062@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
8063@ifclear GENERIC
8064@node Machine Dependencies
8065@chapter Machine Dependent Features
8066
c2dcd04e 8067The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 8068and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 8069chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
8070family.
8071
8072@menu
c2dcd04e 8073* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 8074* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
8075@end menu
8076@lowersections
8077@end ifclear
8078@end ifset
8079
8080@ifset D10V
8081@include c-d10v.texi
8082@end ifset
8083
8084@ifset D30V
8085@include c-d30v.texi
8086@end ifset
8087
cfb8c092
NC
8088@ifset EPIPHANY
8089@include c-epiphany.texi
8090@end ifset
8091
252b5132
RH
8092@ifset H8/300
8093@include c-h8300.texi
8094@end ifset
8095
252b5132
RH
8096@ifset HPPA
8097@include c-hppa.texi
8098@end ifset
8099
8100@ifset I80386
8101@include c-i386.texi
8102@end ifset
8103
9e32ca89
NC
8104@ifset IA64
8105@include c-ia64.texi
8106@end ifset
8107
a40cbfa3
NC
8108@ifset IP2K
8109@include c-ip2k.texi
8110@end ifset
8111
84e94c90
NC
8112@ifset LM32
8113@include c-lm32.texi
8114@end ifset
8115
4462d7c4 8116@ifset LOONGARCH
8117@include c-loongarch.texi
8118@end ifset
8119
49f58d10
JB
8120@ifset M32C
8121@include c-m32c.texi
8122@end ifset
8123
ec694b89
NC
8124@ifset M32R
8125@include c-m32r.texi
8126@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8127
8128@ifset M680X0
8129@include c-m68k.texi
8130@end ifset
8131
60bcf0fa
NC
8132@ifset M68HC11
8133@include c-m68hc11.texi
8134@end ifset
8135
7b4ae824
JD
8136@ifset S12Z
8137@include c-s12z.texi
8138@end ifset
8139
a3c62988
NC
8140@ifset METAG
8141@include c-metag.texi
8142@end ifset
8143
01642c12 8144@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
8145@include c-microblaze.texi
8146@end ifset
8147
252b5132
RH
8148@ifset MIPS
8149@include c-mips.texi
8150@end ifset
8151
3c3bdf30
NC
8152@ifset MMIX
8153@include c-mmix.texi
8154@end ifset
8155
2469cfa2
NC
8156@ifset MSP430
8157@include c-msp430.texi
8158@end ifset
8159
35c08157
KLC
8160@ifset NDS32
8161@include c-nds32.texi
8162@end ifset
8163
36591ba1
SL
8164@ifset NIOSII
8165@include c-nios2.texi
8166@end ifset
8167
252b5132
RH
8168@ifset NS32K
8169@include c-ns32k.texi
8170@end ifset
8171
1f041c6e
SH
8172@ifset OPENRISC
8173@include c-or1k.texi
8174@end ifset
8175
e135f41b
NC
8176@ifset PDP11
8177@include c-pdp11.texi
8178@end ifset
8179
041dd5a9
ILT
8180@ifset PJ
8181@include c-pj.texi
8182@end ifset
8183
418c1742
MG
8184@ifset PPC
8185@include c-ppc.texi
8186@end ifset
8187
93f11b16
DD
8188@ifset PRU
8189@include c-pru.texi
8190@end ifset
8191
4f7eddc4
PD
8192@ifset RISCV
8193@include c-riscv.texi
8194@end ifset
8195
b57e49f7
JW
8196@ifset RL78
8197@include c-rl78.texi
8198@end ifset
8199
046d31c2
NC
8200@ifset RX
8201@include c-rx.texi
8202@end ifset
8203
11c19e16
MS
8204@ifset S390
8205@include c-s390.texi
8206@end ifset
8207
c0157db4
NC
8208@ifset SCORE
8209@include c-score.texi
8210@end ifset
8211
252b5132
RH
8212@ifset SH
8213@include c-sh.texi
8214@end ifset
8215
8216@ifset SPARC
8217@include c-sparc.texi
8218@end ifset
8219
39bec121
TW
8220@ifset TIC54X
8221@include c-tic54x.texi
8222@end ifset
8223
40b36596
JM
8224@ifset TIC6X
8225@include c-tic6x.texi
8226@end ifset
8227
aa137e4d
NC
8228@ifset TILEGX
8229@include c-tilegx.texi
8230@end ifset
8231
8232@ifset TILEPRO
8233@include c-tilepro.texi
8234@end ifset
8235
b6605ddd
EB
8236@ifset V850
8237@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
8238@end ifset
8239
8240@ifset VAX
8241@include c-vax.texi
8242@end ifset
8243
b6605ddd
EB
8244@ifset VISIUM
8245@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
8246@end ifset
8247
f96bd6c2
PC
8248@ifset WASM32
8249@include c-wasm32.texi
8250@end ifset
8251
f6c1a2d5
NC
8252@ifset XGATE
8253@include c-xgate.texi
8254@end ifset
8255
6753e72f
NC
8256@ifset XSTORMY16
8257@include c-xstormy16.texi
8258@end ifset
8259
e0001a05
NC
8260@ifset XTENSA
8261@include c-xtensa.texi
8262@end ifset
8263
b6605ddd
EB
8264@ifset Z80
8265@include c-z80.texi
8266@end ifset
8267
8268@ifset Z8000
8269@include c-z8k.texi
8270@end ifset
8271
252b5132
RH
8272@ifset GENERIC
8273@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
8274@raisesections
8275@end ifset
8276
8277@node Reporting Bugs
8278@chapter Reporting Bugs
8279@cindex bugs in assembler
8280@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
8281
a4fb0134 8282Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
8283
8284Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
8285not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
8286entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
8287Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8288
8289In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
8290information that enables us to fix the bug.
8291
8292@menu
8293* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
8294* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
8295@end menu
8296
8297@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 8298@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
8299@cindex bug criteria
8300
8301If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
8302
8303@itemize @bullet
8304@cindex fatal signal
8305@cindex assembler crash
8306@cindex crash of assembler
8307@item
8308If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 8309@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
8310
8311@cindex error on valid input
8312@item
a4fb0134 8313If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
8314
8315@cindex invalid input
8316@item
a4fb0134 8317If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
8318is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
8319be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
8320
8321@item
8322If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 8323of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
8324@end itemize
8325
8326@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 8327@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
8328@cindex bug reports
8329@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
8330
8331A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 8332you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
8333contact that organization first.
8334
8335You can find contact information for many support companies and
8336individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
8337distribution.
8338
ad22bfe8 8339@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 8340In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
8341to @value{BUGURL}.
8342@end ifset
252b5132
RH
8343
8344The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
8345@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
8346fact or leave it out, state it!
8347
8348Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
8349and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
8350name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8351not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8352happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8353perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8354the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8355give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8356and the most helpful.
8357
8358Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8359it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8360that the bug has not been reported previously.
8361
8362Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8363bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8364respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8365You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8366
8367To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8368
8369@itemize @bullet
8370@item
a4fb0134 8371The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8372it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8373
8374Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8375the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8376
8377@item
a4fb0134 8378Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8379
8380@item
8381The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8382version number.
8383
8384@item
a4fb0134 8385What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8386``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8387
8388@item
8389The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8390observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8391all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8392
8393If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8394and then we might not encounter the bug.
8395
8396@item
8397A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8398the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8399high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8400when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8401the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8402file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8403@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8404
8405@item
8406A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8407incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8408
a4fb0134 8409Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8410will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8411notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8412make a mistake.
8413
8414Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8415explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8416@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8417library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8418would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8419would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8420expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8421observations.
8422
8423@item
a4fb0134 8424If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8425diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8426option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8427discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8428by line number.
8429
8430The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8431sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8432@end itemize
8433
8434Here are some things that are not necessary:
8435
8436@itemize @bullet
8437@item
8438A description of the envelope of the bug.
8439
8440Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8441which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8442changes will not affect it.
8443
8444This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8445will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8446with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8447We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8448
8449Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8450of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8451output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8452less time, and so on.
8453
8454However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8455report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8456
8457@item
8458A patch for the bug.
8459
8460A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8461the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8462a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8463to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8464
a4fb0134 8465Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8466construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8467the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8468one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8469
8470And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8471patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8472help us to understand.
8473
8474@item
8475A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8476
8477Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8478things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8479@end itemize
8480
8481@node Acknowledgements
8482@chapter Acknowledgements
8483
653cfe85 8484If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8485it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8486maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8487@c (October 2012),
8488the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8489
8490Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8491more details?}
8492
8493Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8494information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8495extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8496
8497K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8498many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8499up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8500testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8501including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8502and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8503support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8504port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8505file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8506assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8507
8508Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8509in format-specific I/O modules.
8510
8511The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8512has done much work with it since.
8513
8514The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8515
8516Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8517
8518The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8519University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8520
8521Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8522(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8523(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8524support a.out format.
8525
7be1c489
AM
8526Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8527tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8528Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8529use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8530targets.
8531
8532John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8533simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8534updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8535fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8536remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8537cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8538required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8539
8540Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
854168k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8542added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8543PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8544
653cfe85 8545Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8546
8547Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8548
8549Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8550along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8551formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8552the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8553
8554Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8555Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8556Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8557Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8558and some initial 64-bit support).
8559
c1253627 8560Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8561
252b5132
RH
8562Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8563support for openVMS/Alpha.
8564
39bec121
TW
8565Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8566flavors.
8567
e0001a05 8568David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8569Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8570
252b5132
RH
8571Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8572configuration enhancements.
8573
84e94c90
NC
8574Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8575
252b5132
RH
8576Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8577you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8578want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8579intentionally leaving anyone out.
8580
793c5807
NC
8581@node GNU Free Documentation License
8582@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8583@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8584
370b66a1
CD
8585@node AS Index
8586@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8587
8588@printindex cp
8589
252b5132
RH
8590@bye
8591@c Local Variables:
8592@c fill-column: 79
8593@c End: